LAWS OF KENYAWEIGHTS AND MEASURES ACTCHAPTER 513

Revised Edition 2012 [1993]
Published by the National Council for Law Reportingwith the Authority of the Attorney-Generalwww.kenyalaw.org

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures

CHAPTER 513
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES ACTARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONSPART I – PRELIMINARY
Section1.

Short title.

2.

Interpretation.

PART II – UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
3.

Units of measurement.

4.

Measurement of weight.

5.

Measurement of length.

6.

Measurement of time.

7.

Measurement of electric current.

8.

Measurement of thermodynamic temperature.

9.

Measurement of luminous intensity.

10.

Measurement of amount of substance.

11.

Offence to use unauthorized units of measurement.

12.

Kenya primary standards.

13.

Kenya primary reference standards.

14.

Secondary standards to be procured.

15.

Secondary reference standards.

16.

Working standards and testing equipment.

17.

Testing of standards and equipment of other institutions.

PART III – STANDARDS OF MEASUREMENTPART IV – WEIGHING AND MEASURING FOR TRADE
18.

Meaning of “use for trade”.

19.

Units of measurement, weights and measures lawful for use for trade.

20.

Offences for use or possession of certain weighing or measuring instruments.

21.

Offences relating to false or unjust weights, measures or weighing or measuring
instruments.

22.

Mode of use of measure of capacity.

23.

Offences relating to fraud in the use of weights, measures or weighing andmeasuring instruments.

24.

What weight, measure, weighing or measuring instruments is unjust.

25.

Offences for sale of incorrect weights, measures, weighing or measuring instruments.

26.

Offences in connection with stamping of weights, measures, weighing or measuring
instruments.

27.

Verification of weights, measures, weighing of measuring instruments.

3[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures

Section
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.

Offences in connection with obstruction of inspector.
Presumption concerning possession.
Approval of pattern of weighing and measuring instruments for trade.
Prescribed weighing or measuring instrument, etc.
Exemption from marking or stamping.
Rules relating to weighing or measuring for trade.

PART V – TRANSACTIONS IN GOODS
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.

Rules relating to transactions in particular goods.
Rules as to information.
Exemption from requirements imposed under sections 34 and 35.
Offences relating to transactions in goods.
Quantity to be stated in writing in certain cases.
Exemptions from requirements of section 38.
Short weight.
Misrepresentation.
Quantity less than stated.
Incorrect statements.
Offences due to default of third person.
Presumption concerning the nature of goods.
Warranty.
Reasonable precautions and due diligence.
Subsequent deficiency.
Provisions as to testing.
Selling by quantity.
Making quantity known to a person.
Weighing in presence of a person.
Ascertaining quantity of beer or cider.

54.
55.

Appointment of inspectors.
Appointment of director, deputy director and assistant director.

PART VI – ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONSPART VII – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.

Powers of entry and seizure.
Power of make test purchase.
Powers of arrest, search and seizure.
Employer answerable for acts of servant, etc.
Liability of partners in a firm.
Offences by corporations.
Disposal of seized goods.
General penalties.
Prosecution of offences.
Exemption for survey equipment.
Repeal of Cap. 513[Issue 1]

4[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures
SCHEDULESFIRST SCHEDULE–

INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM OF UNITS (SI) AND
THEIR SYMBOLSSECOND SCHEDULE–

DEFINITIONS OF UNITS OF MEASUREMENTS

THIRD SCHEDULE

5[Issue 1]

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures

CHAPTER 513
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES ACT[Date of assent: 23rd December, 1987.][Date of commencement: 1st February, 1988.]
An Act of Parliament to amend and consolidate the law relating to the use,
manufacture and sale of weights and measures and to provide for the
introduction of International System of Units (SI) and for connectedpurposes[Act No. 18 of 1987, L.N. 9/1988, Act No. 14 of 1991, Act No. 2 of 2002.]

PART I – PRELIMINARY
1. Short title
This Act may be cited as the Weights and Measures Act.
2. Interpretation
In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—“approved” means approved by the Director, or by any other person
deputed by the Director to carry out examinations, grant approvals and issue
certificates under section 30;“base unit” means one of the international system (SI) units ofmeasurement listed in the First Schedule;“certificate of qualification” means a certificate granted by the Instituteof Trade Standards Administration, Kenya or any other recognized institute or
institution to any person who passes the final examination of that institute or
institution, being an examination held for the purposes of ascertaining whether
the person possesses sufficient skill and knowledge for the proper
performance of the functions and duties of an inspector;“check-weighed”, in relation to any vehicle, means weighed with its loadby means of a suitable weighing instrument and weighed again after it has
been unloaded by means of the same or another suitable weighing
instrument;“container” includes any form of packaging of goods for sale as a single
item, whether by completely or partly enclosing the goods or by attaching thegoods to, or winding the goods round some other article and includes awrapper or confining band;“custodian” means the custodian of Kenya primary standards referred toin section 13;“Director” means the Director of Weights and Measures appointed under
section 55;“derived” means derived from the base unit of measurement;

7[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures“error”, in respect of a weighing instrument, includes deficiency insensitiveness or discrimination;“inspection”, in relation to a weight, measure, weighing or measuring
instrument, means an examination of the weight, measure, weighing or
measuring instrument by an inspector with the object of checking that it has
not been modified after verification, its stamp is valid and that its errors, if any,
do not exceed those permitted under this Act;
“International Bureau of Weights and Measures” means the bodyknown as Internationale des Poids et Measures established under theConvention du Metre, being the body responsible for the conservation of the
prototypes of the international standards of weights and measures;“inspector” means a person appointed under section 54;“international definition”, in relation to any unit of measurement, means
the definition of that unit recognized by the General Conference of Weights
and Measures from time to time convened by the International Bureau of
Weights and Measures;“Kenya primary standards” means standards procured and maintained
under section 12;“measuring instrument” includes every instrument for the measurementof length, area, volume, capacity and gauge;“pre-packed” means packaged or made up in advance, ready for sale inor on a container;“quantity” includes length, width, height, area, size, volume, capacity,
weight and number;“sale” includes an agreement to sell and an offer to sell, and an offer tosell shall be deemed to include the exposing of goods for sale, the furnishingof a quotation and any other act whatsoever by which willingness to enter into
any transaction of sale is expressed;“secondary reference standards” means standards which the Ministerhas procured and caused to be verified and authenticated as such under
section 15;“secondary standards” means copies of the Kenya primary reference
standards which the Minister has procured and caused to be verified andauthenticated as such under section 14;“stamp” means a mark for use as evidence of the passing of weights,
measures, or weighing or measuring instruments as fit for use for trade,
whether applied by impressing, casting, engraving, etching, branding orotherwise, and cognate expressions shall be construed accordingly;“testing equipment” means equipment maintained under section 16;“verification”, in relation to a weight, measure, weighing or measurement
instrument, means the operations carried out by an inspector having theobject of ascertaining and confirming that such weight, measure, weighing or
measuring instrument entirely satisfies the requirements of this Act;

[Issue 1]

8

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures“weighing instrument” includes all instruments constructed to calculate
and indicate prices, compute wages, count or grade articles by use ofweighing principles, together with all weights and counterpoises belonging
thereto;“weighing or measuring equipment” includes a weight, measure or aweighing or measuring instrument;“working standards” means standards provided for under section 16.
[Act No. 2 of 2002, Sch.]PART II – UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
3. Units of measurement(1) Every unit of weight and measure used in Kenya shall be based upon theunits specified in the First Schedule.
(2) The Second Schedule shall have effect for defining the units ofmeasurement specified in that Schedule for all purposes in Kenya.
4. Measurement of weight(1) The kilogram shall be the base unit of measurement of mass by reference
to which any measurement of weight shall be made in Kenya.
(2) The measurement of the weight of an item may be expressed in the sameterms as its mass by reference to the units of measurement set out in Part I of
the Second Schedule.
5. Measurement of length
The metre shall be the base unit of measurement of length by reference towhich any measurement of length shall be made in Kenya.
6. Measurement of time
The second shall be the base unit of measurement of time by reference towhich any measurement of time shall be made in Kenya; and it shall have themeaning assigned by an order made by the Minister, being the meaning
appearing to the Minister to reproduce in English the international definition of thesecond in force at the date of the making of the order.
7. Measurement of electric current
The ampere shall be the base unit of measurement of electric current byreference to which any measurement of electric current shall be made in Kenya;
and it shall have the meaning assigned by an order made by the Minister, being
the meaning appearing to the Minister to reproduce in English the international
definition of the ampere at the date of the making of the order.
8. Measurement of thermodynamic temperature
The kelvin shall be the base unit of measurement of thermodynamic
temperature by reference to which any measurement of thermodynamic
temperature shall be made in Kenya; and it shall have the meaning assigned by

9[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measuresan order made by the Minister, being the meaning appearing to the Minister toreproduce in English the international definition of the kelvin at the date of the
making of the order.
9. Measurement of luminous intensity
The candela shall be the base unit of measurement of luminous intensity byreference to which any measurement of luminous intensity shall be made in
Kenya; and it shall have the meaning assigned by an order made by the Minister,
being the meaning appearing to the Minister to reproduce in English theinternational definition of the candela at the date of the making of the order.
10. Measurement of amount of substance
The mole shall be the base unit of measurement of the amount of substanceby reference to which any measurement of the amount of substance shall bemade in Kenya; and it shall have the meaning assigned by an order made by the
Minister, being the meaning appearing to the Minister to reproduce in English theinternational definition of the mole at the date of the making of the order.
11. Offence to use unauthorized units of measurement
Any person who uses for trade any unit of measurement which is not
authorized by this Act shall be guilty of an offence.

PART III – STANDARDS OF MEASUREMENT
12. Kenya primary standards(1) The Minister shall procure and cause to be maintained standards of themetre and the kilogram which shall be the Kenya primary standards by reference
to which the accuracy of all other standards of those units and of any other unit ofmeasurement directly related to any of those units shall be maintained.
(2) Every standard procured under subsection (1) shall, before being brought
into use, be verified by the International Bureau of Weights and Measures andthereafter shall be reverified at such intervals and in such manner as may beprescribed; and the certificate of verification or reverification in respect thereof
shall be kept in the custody of the Director.
(3) On production of the certificate of verification or reverification kept undersubsection (2) in respect of a Kenya primary standard, the standard shall beconclusively presumed for all purposes to be true and accurate, provided that thecertificate is dated not earlier than ten years previous to the date of production
thereof.
(4) The Kenya primary standards shall be kept at such place, and under suchconditions, as the Minister may prescribe.
(5) Judicial notice shall be taken of every Kenya primary standard.
[Act No. 14 of 1991, Sch., Act No. 2 of 2002, Sch.]

13. Kenya primary reference standards(1) The Minister shall procure and cause to be maintained copies of the
Kenya primary standards and the copies shall be designated the Kenya primaryreference standards.

[Issue 1]

10[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures(2) Every Kenya primary reference standard shall be verified by such
authority and in such manner as may be prescribed.
(3) Before the Kenya primary standards are reverified in accordance withsubsection (2) of section 12, the Director shall cause the Kenya primaryreference standards to be verified against the Kenya primary standards, andsuch Kenya primary reference standards shall be deemed to be the Kenya
primary standards during such time as the Kenya primary standards areundergoing verification.
(4) The Kenya primary reference standards shall be kept at such place, andunder such conditions, as the Minister may prescribe.
(5) Judicial notice shall be taken of every Kenya primary reference standard.
[Act No. 2 of 2002, Sch.]

14. Secondary standards to be procured(1) The Minister shall procure such copies of the Kenya primary reference
standards as he may think fit, and shall provide for verifying the same, and shallcause such copies to be authenticated as secondary standards in such manneras he may think proper; and a secondary standard of any measure of length ormeasure of capacity may—(a)

be provided either as a separate standard or by means of divisions
marked on a standard of a large measure; and(b)be either marked in whole or in part with subdivisions representing
any multiple or fractions of unit of measurement specified in the Act
or have no such markings.

(2) The secondary standards shall, at such time as the Minister may
prescribe, be compared with the Kenya primary reference standards in thepresence of the custodians of the Kenya primary reference standards, and whennecessary shall be corrected and adjusted.
(3) The secondary standards shall not be used elsewhere other than at thepremises approved by the Director for their custody.
(4) The custodians of the Kenya primary reference standards shall cause
every weight or measure submitted to them for certification under this section to
be compared with such one or more of the Kenya primary reference standards as
may appear to them to be appropriate and, if that weight or measure is foundcorrect and satisfies any other requirements of this Act, they shall issue acertificate to that effect which may include a statement of any error therein.
(5) No weight or measure shall be used as a secondary standard unlessthere is for the time being in force a certificate of its fitness for the purpose.
(6) A certificate issued under subsection (4) shall cease to have effect at the
expiration of the period from the date of issue specified therein in accordancewith the provisions of this Act.
(7) The Director shall keep a record of all certificates issued undersubsection (4).
(8) Deleted by Act No. 2 of 2002, Sch.

11

[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures(9) Judicial notice shall be taken of every secondary standard.
[Act No. 2 of 2002, Sch.]

15. Secondary reference standards(1) The Minister shall provide secondary reference standards of such of themeasures and weights set out in Part I of the Third Schedule as the Director mayfrom time to time recommend as being proper and sufficient for the purposes ofthis Act.
(2) The Director shall ascertain the accuracy of secondary reference
standards by reference either directly or indirectly to secondary standards, atleast once every year; and the standards may be used by an inspector for any
purpose in connection with his duties.
(3) A secondary reference standard measure of length or a measure ofcapacity may—(a)

be provided either as separate standards or by means of divisions
marked on a standard of a larger measure; and(b)be either marked in whole or in part with subdivisions representing
any multiples or fractions of a unit of measurement specified in theAct, or have no such markings.

(4) Secondary reference standards may be replaced from time to time as
may appear to the Minister to be necessary or expedient.
(5) Every standard provided under this section shall, until the contrary is
proved, be deemed to be true and accurate.
[Act No. 2 of 2002, Sch.]

16. Working standards and testing equipment(1) The Minister shall provide for use by an inspector and cause to be
maintained working standards of such of the measures and weights set out inPart I of the Third Schedule, such testing equipment, and such stamping
equipment as the Director may from time to time recommend as being properand sufficient for the efficient discharge by an inspector of his duties under thisAct; and a working standard measure of length or measure of capacity may—(a)

be provided either as a separate standard or by means of divisions
marked on a standard of a larger measure; and(b)be either marked in whole or in part with subdivisions representing
any multiples or fractions of a unit of measurement specified in the
Act or have no such markings.

(2) Working standards and testing equipment shall be maintained in suchmanner as the Minister may prescribe.
(3) The Minister may by order vary the Third Schedule by adding to or
replacing any of the weights, measures or instruments specified therein as hemay deem necessary.
(4) Every working standard provided under this section shall, until thecontrary is proved, be deemed to be true and accurate.
[Act No. 2 of 2002, Sch.][Issue 1]

12[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures

17. Testing of standards and equipment of other institutions
The Director may, if he thinks fit, on the application of any person,
government or institution, accept for testing as to accuracy or compliance withany specifications and for report—(a)

any article used or proposed to be used as a standard of a unit ofmeasurement of mass, length, capacity, area or volume; and(b)

any weighing or measuring instrument; and(c)any other metrological equipment; and(d)any article for use in the manner specified in paragraph (b) or (c),submitted by that person, government or institution for the purpose at such placeas the Director may direct; and the Director may charge a prescribed fee inrespect of any article or weighing or measuring instrument accepted by him
pursuant to this section.

PART IV – WEIGHING AND MEASURING FOR TRADE
18. Meaning of “use for trade”(1) For the purpose of this Part, the expression “use for trade” means use inconnection with or with a view to a transaction falling within subsection (2)where—(a)the transaction is by reference to quantity or is a transaction for the
purposes of which there is made or implied a statement of thequantity of goods to which the transaction relates; and(b)the use is for the purpose of the determination or statement of thatquantity.

(2) A transaction shall be deemed to fall within the meaning of this section if it
is a transaction—(a)for the transferring or rendering of money or money’s worth inconsideration of money or money’s worth; or(b)for the making of a payment in respect of a toll or duty or other dues;(c)for the assessment of any work done, wages due or services
rendered.

(3) Use for trade does not include use in a case where—(a)the determination or statement is a determination or statement of
the quantity of goods required for dispatch to a destination outside
Kenya; and(b)no transfer or rendering of money or money’s worth is involved otherthan the passing of the title to the goods and the consideration forthem.

(4) The following instruments, that is to say—(a)

any weighing or measuring instrument which is made available in
Kenya for use by the public, whether on payment or otherwise; and13[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures(b)

any instrument which is used in Kenya for the grading by reference
to their weight, for the purposes of trading transaction by reference
to that grading, of hens’ eggs in shell which are intended for humanconsumption; and(c)any weighing or measuring equipment used for determining whether
or not any step is required to be taken to safeguard the well being of
human beings or animals or to protect any commodity, vegetation orthing,

shall be treated for the purposes of this Act as weighing or measuring instrument
in use for trade, whether or not it would apart from this subsection be so treated.
[Act No. 2 of 2002, Sch.]

19. Units of measurement, weights and measures lawful for use for trade(1) No person shall—(a)use for trade any weight or measure which is not authorized by thisAct; or(b)

use for trade, or have in his possession or control for use for trade
any weight or measure of a denomination other than those specified
in Part I of the Third Schedule.

(2) No person shall use the carat (metric) for trade except for the purposes oftransactions in precious stones, pearls, precious metals or articles madetherefrom.
(3) Except as may be prescribed and subject to any rules made under section
33, no capacity measure specified in Part I of the Third Schedule shall be used
for trade by means of any division or subdivision marked thereon as a capacity
measure of any lesser quantity.
(4) Any person who contravenes the provisions of this section shall be guiltyof an offence and any weight or measure used or in the possession of any
person or control for use for trade in contravention of any of those provisions
shall be forfeited.
20. Offences for use or possession of certain weighing or measuring
instruments
Every person who uses or has in his possession or control for use for trade aweighing or measuring instrument not constructed to indicate in terms of someweight or measure authorized by this Act shall be guilty of an offence and theweighing or measuring instrument shall be forfeited.
21. Offences relating to false or unjust weights, measures or weighing or
measuring instruments
Every person who uses or has in his possession or control for use for trade
any weight, measure, weighing or measuring instrument which is false or unjust
shall be guilty of an offence and the weight, measure, weighing or measuring
instrument shall be liable to be forfeited.

[Issue 1]

14

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures

22. Mode of use of measure of capacity(1) In using a measure of capacity, the same shall not be heaped, but either
shall be stricken with a round stick or roller straight and of the same diameterfrom end to end, or if the article sold cannot from its size or shape be
conveniently stricken it shall be filled in all parts as nearly to the level of the brimas the size and shape of the article permits.
(2) Any person who uses a measure of capacity for trade otherwise than inaccordance with subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence.
23. Offences relating to fraud in the use of weights, measures or weighing
or measuring instruments
Where a fraud is committed in the use of any weight, measure, weighing or
measuring instrument, the person committing the fraud, shall be guilty of an
offence and the weight, measure, weighing or measuring instrument shall be
forfeited; except so however that where the Court is satisfied that the weight,
measure or weighing or measuring instrument is the property of a person otherthan the person committing, or a person being a party to the commission of, thefraud, the Court may waive the forfeiture.
24. What weight, measure, weighing or measuring instruments is unjust
Every weight, measure or weighing or measuring instrument which has agreater error than the limit of error prescribed under this Act shall be deemed to
be false or unjust for the purposes of this Act.
25. Offences for sale of incorrect weights, measures, weighing or
measuring instruments(1) A person shall not make for sale or cause to be made for sale or sell or
cause to be sold, any false or unjust weight, measure, weighing or measuring
instrument, and no person shall sell or expose for sale any weight, measure,weighing or measuring instrument, intended for use for trade unless the samebears a valid stamp of verification of a date not earlier than one year previous tosuch sale or exposure.
(2) This section shall not apply to—(a)a weighing or measuring instrument of a type which when made was
not intended or designed for use for trade and which was thenmarked with the words “Not Legal for Trade Use” permanently andclearly on some conspicuous part thereof; or(b)a measure, weighing or measuring instrument which is required bythis Act to be permanently installed at the place where it is to be
used before it is verified.

(3) Any person who contravenes the provisions of this section shall be guiltyof an offence and the weight, measure, weighing or measuring instrument inrespect of which the offence is committed shall be forfeited.

15[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures

26. Offences in connection with stamping of weights, measures, weighing
or measuring instruments(1) Any person who, in the case of any weight, measure or weighing or
measuring instrument used or intended to be used for trade—(a)not being an inspector or a person acting under the instructions ofan inspector, marks in any manner any plug or seal used ordesigned for use for the reception of a stamp;(b)forges, counterfeits or, except as permitted by or under this Act, in
any way alters or defaces any stamp;(c)removes any stamp and inserts it into any other such weight,
measure or weighing or measuring instrument;(d)makes any alteration in the weight, measure or weighing or
measuring instrument after it has been stamped such as to make it
false or unjust; or(e)severs or otherwise tampers with any wire, cord or other thing bymeans of which a stamp is attached to the weight, measure or
weighing or measuring instrument,

shall be guilty of an offence:
Provided that nothing in this subsection shall apply to the destruction or
obliteration of any stamp, plug or seal, or anything done in the course of theadjustment or repair of any weight, measure or weighing or measuring instrument
by, or by the duly authorized agent of, a person who is a manufacturer of or
regularly engaged in the business of repairing, such weight, measure or weighing
or measuring instrument.
(2) Any person who uses for trade, sells exposes or offers for sale or in any
manner disposes of any weight, measure or weighing or measuring instrument
which to his knowledge—(a)bears a stamp which is a forgery or counterfeit or which has beentransferred from another weight, measure or instrument, or which
has been altered or adjusted otherwise than as permitted by orunder this Act; or(b)

is false or unjust as a result of an alteration in the weight, measure,weighing or measuring instrument after it has been stamped,

shall be guilty of an offence.
(3) Any weight, measure or weighing or measuring instrument in respect ofwhich an offence under this section is committed and any stamp or stamping
instrument used in the commission of the offence shall be forfeited.
27. Verification of weights, measures, weighing of measuring instruments(1) An inspector shall, not more often than once in every year call upon
persons in any area having weights, measures, weighing or measuring
instruments in use for trade to produce the same for the purpose of their being
examined, verified, stamped or restamped at such time and place within thatarea as he may appoint.

[Issue 1]16[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures(2) For the purposes of subsection (1) there shall be published a notice in theGazette and in a newspaper circulating within such area stating the time andplace so appointed, such time not being earlier than fourteen days after the
publication of the notice.
(3) Where a weight, measure, weighing or measuring instrument, by reasonof it being permanently fixed or of its heavy weight or delicate construction
cannot be conveniently moved or where a weight, measure, weighing or
measuring instrument is situated at a distance exceeding twenty kilometres fromthe nearest place appointed in pursuance of subsection (1) it shall be sufficientfor the purposes of this section if the person who has the same for use for trade
notifies in writing its position to the inspector or some other officer authorized by
the inspector to receive the notification at least three days in advance of the datethe verification falls due.
(4) An inspector shall attend with the working standards and testing
equipment in his custody at the time and place notified under subsection (2) andupon payment of the prescribed fee, shall examine every weight, measure,weighing or measuring instrument brought or submitted to him which is ofdenomination or a pattern authorized by or under this Act, and shall compare or
test it with the working standard and testing equipment and if he finds the weight,
measure, weighing or measuring instrument to be accurate and correct, he shallstamp it with a stamp of verification in the prescribed manner.
(5) Where a notification has been given under subsection (3) an inspector
shall, upon payment of the prescribed fee, attend with the working standards andtesting equipment in his custody at the place notified and shall test or examineand stamp any weight, measure, weighing or measuring instrument so notified in
the same manner as if such weight, measure, weighing or measuring instrument
had been brought or submitted to him.
(6) In case of any measure, weighing or measuring instrument which is
required by this Act to be verified only after it has been installed at the place where
it is to be used for trade if after the same has been so verified and stamped it isdismantled and re-installed, whether in the same place or some other place, it shallnot be used for trade after being so re-installed until it has been verified andstamped by an inspector; and if any person knowingly uses, or causes or permits
any other person to use any measure, weighing or measuring instrument incontravention of this subsection or knowing that the same is required by virtue of
this subsection to be so re-verified disposes of it to some other person without
informing him of that requirement, he shall be guilty of an offence.
(7) Whenever an inspector verifies any weight, measure, weighing or
measuring instrument and finds it correct, he shall issue to the person bringing or
submitting the same to him a certificate in respect thereof in such form as may beprescribed.
(8) Subject to subsection (3), any person who fails to comply with any notice
published under subsection (2) shall be guilty of an offence.
[Act No. 14 of 1991, Sch.]

28. Offences in connection with obstruction of inspector
Any person who refuses or fails to produce to an inspector any weight,
measure, weighing or measuring instrument in his possession or custody or

17[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measurescontrol for use for trade, whereof the inspector requires the production under thisAct, or who obstructs or hinders or assaults an inspector in the performance ofany duty or act imposed or authorized by this Act or who fails to comply with any
reasonable request made by an inspector in the course of his duty under this Act,
shall be guilty of an offence.
29. Presumption concerning possession
Where any weight, measure, weighing or measuring instrument is found in thepossession or control of any person carrying on trade or is found on any
premises, whether in a building or not and whether open or enclosed, which areused for trade, that person shall be deemed for the purposes of this Act to havethe weight, measure or weighing or measuring instrument in his possession foruse for trade and the onus of proving the contrary shall be upon him.
30. Approval of pattern of weighing and measuring instruments for trade(1) Where any pattern of weighing or measuring instrument is submitted byany person to the Director for approval in such manner as the Minister may
prescribe the Director shall, on payment by that person of such fee as may beprescribed, cause to be examined in such manner as he thinks fit the suitability
for use for trade of instruments of that pattern, having regard in particular to theprinciple, materials and methods used or proposed to be used in its construction,and if the Director is satisfied that such weighing or measuring instrument issuitable for use for trade then he shall issue a certificate of approval of thatpattern and may from time to time thereafter authorise such modifications thereof
as he may think fit.
(2) Where a person submits a pattern of a weighing or measuring instrument
to the Director under subsection (1) the Director may require the person todeposit with him the weighing or measuring instrument or parts of that pattern ormodel of such weighing or measuring instrument together with drawings of suchweighing or measuring instrument or parts thereof.
(3) A certificate of approval granted under this section may be granted
subject to such conditions as the Director may specify in the certificate of
approval; and if any person, knowing that such a condition has been imposedwith respect to any weighing or measuring instrument, uses or causes or permits
any other person to use the same in contravention of that condition he shall be
guilty of an offence, and the weighing or measuring instrument shall be liable tobe forfeited.
(4) The Director, after consultation with such persons appearing to him to beinterested as he thinks fit, may at any time revoke any certificate of authorization
granted under this section, and shall cause notice of any such revocation to be
published in the Gazette; and if any person knowing that the certificate of
authorisation has been revoked, and except as may be permitted by any freshcertificate of authorisation granted in respect thereof, uses for trade or has in his
possession or control for such use, or causes or permits any other person so touse, any weighing or measuring instrument of the pattern or incorporating themodification in question, or disposes of any weighing or measuring instrument
toany other person in a state in which it could be so used without informing that
other person of the revocation, he shall be guilty of an offence and the weighing
or measuring instrument shall be liable to be forfeited.

[Issue 1]18

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures(5) The Director may accept and adopt, with or without modifications, anapproval issued by a competent authority in another country, of any pattern of aweighing or measuring instrument.
(6) If any difference arises between an inspector and any other person as tothe interpretation of any specification for the construction of prescribed weighing
or measuring instruments under this Act, that difference shall, at the request ofthat other person, be referred to the Director whose decision thereon shall befinal.
31. Prescribed weighing or measuring instrument, etc.
(1) The provisions of this section shall apply to the use for trade a weighing or
measuring instrument of such class as may be prescribed.
(2) No person shall use any article for trade as a weighing or measuring
instrument to which this section applies, or have any article in his possession forsuch use unless that article, or weighing or measuring instrument to which thissection applies in which that article is incorporated or to the operation of which
the use of that article is incidental, has been passed by an inspector as fit forsuch use and, except as otherwise expressly provided by or under this Act, bears
a valid stamp of verification indicating that it has been so passed; and if any
person contravenes this subsection, he shall be guilty of an offence and any
article in respect of which the offence was committed shall be liable to beforfeited.
(3) Where a person submits any weighing or measuring instrument of apattern in respect of which a certificate of approval granted under section 30 isfor the time being in force, and an inspector is of the opinion that the weighing or
measuring instrument is intended for trade for a particular purpose for which it is
not suitable, he may refuse to pass or stamp it.
32. Exemption from marking or stamping
The requirement of this Act in respect of marking and stamping shall not apply
to any weight, measure or weighing or measuring instrument which is of delicate
construction or too small to be marked or stamped in accordance with thoserequirements.
33. Rules relating to weighing or measuring for trade
The Minister may make rules generally for the better carrying out of theprovisions of this Part, and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of
the foregoing power, in respect to—(a)the material and principles of construction of weights, measures orweighing or measuring instruments for use for trade;(b)the examination and verification for use for trade and stamping of
weights, measures or weighing or measuring instruments;(c)the prohibition of the stamping of weights, measures, or weighing or
measuring instruments in such circumstances as may be specified
in the rules;

19[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures(d)the circumstances in which an inspector may remove or detain any
weights, measures or weighing or measuring instruments for
examination or verification;(e)the marking of any weights, measures or weighing or measuring
instruments found unfit for use for trade;(f)the circumstances in which, conditions under which and manner inwhich stamps may be destroyed, obliterated or defaced;(g)the purpose for which particular types of weights, measures orweighing or measuring instruments may be used for trade;(h)the manner of erection or use of weighing or measuring instruments
used for trade;(i)the condition in which and the manner in which weights, measures
or weighing or measuring instruments shall be submitted forverification;(j)

the standards of measure or weight of denomination other thanthose prescribed under this Act;(k)

the limits of error to be allowed on verification either generally or in
respect of any trade;(l)the fees to be charged in respect of verification of weighing or
measuring instrument and the adjusting of weights and measures;(m)the examination and licensing of persons engaging in or proposing
to engage in the repairing or overhauling of weighing or measuring
instruments whether or not for profit, and the fees to be charged forsuch examination and licences;(n)the manner in which the tare weight of road vehicles, or of roadvehicles of any particular class or description is to be determined;(o)the identification of equipment of approved patterns;(p)

the prescribing of any weighing or measuring instrument;(q)

the form of certificates, licences, notices or other documents to be
used or issued for the purposes of this Act;(r)

the examination, verification and stamping of weighing andmeasuring instruments used or in possession for use by any
Department of the Kenya Government or by any local authority forthe purposes of, or in connection with, the fixing of tolls, rates, taxes,
or payment of any description;(s)

the declaration, in relation to the specified base units, such othersupplementary units, derived units and other units, as he may
consider expedient for use in Kenya;(t)

the declaration of such equivalents, multiples or fractions of any unitof measurement in use in Kenya;(u)

the abbreviations of or symbols for the units of measurement in use
in Kenya, as he may consider expedient;[Issue 1]20[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures(v)

the material, principle of construction and the meteorological control
of weights, measures or instruments other than those covered byparagraph (a), as the Director may from time to time recommend.
[Act No. 14 of 1991, Sch.]PART V – TRANSACTIONS IN GOODS
34. Rules relating to transactions in particular goods(1) The Minister may make rules generally to regulate certain transactions ingoods and in particular with respect to any goods specified in the rules for all or
any of the following purposes, that is to say, to ensure that, except in such cases
or in such circumstances as may be so specified, the goods in question—(a)are sold only by quantity expressed in such manner as may be so
specified;(b)

are pre-packed or are otherwise made up in or on a container forsale or for delivery after sale, only if the container is marked withsuch information as to the quantity of the goods as may be so
specified;(c)are pre-packed, or are otherwise made up for sale or for delivery
after sale, only in or on a container of a size or capacity so specified;(d)are sold, or are pre-packed, or are otherwise made up in or on acontainer for sale or for delivery after sale, or are made for sale, onlyin such quantities as may be so specified;(e)are not sold without the quantity sold expressed in such manner as
may be so specified being made known to the buyer at or before
such time as may be so specified;(f)are sold by means of, or are offered or exposed for sale in, avending machine only if there is displayed on or in the machine—(i) such information as to the quantity of the goods in question
comprised in each item for sale by means of that machine as
may be so specified; and(ii) a statement of the name and address of the seller;(g)

are carried for reward only in pursuance of an agreement made byreference to the quantity of the goods in question expressed in suchmanner as may be so specified;(h)in such circumstances as may be so specified, have associated withthem in such manner as may be so specified a document containing
a statement of the quantity of the goods in question expressed insuch manner, and a statement of such other particulars, if any, as
may be so specified;(i)when carried on a road vehicle along a highway are accompanied
by a document containing such particulars determined in suchmanner as may be so specified as to the weight of the vehicle andits load apart from the goods in question.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the powers conferred byparagraph (c) of subsection (1), rules made by virtue of that paragraph—(a)may require a container to be marked with such information
concerning it or its contents as is specified in the rules; and21[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures(b)in order to prevent size or capacity from giving a false impression of
the quantity of the goods in a container, may prescribe a minimum
quantity for the goods in a container of a given capacity.

(3) The minimum quantity referred to in subsection (2) (b) may be expressedin the rules by weight or volume, by percentage of the capacity of the container
or in any other manner.
35. Rules as to information(1) The Minister may make rules—(a)as to the manner in which any container required by rules madeunder section 34 (1) to be marked with information (including inparticular information as to quantity or capacity) is to be so marked;(b)as to the manner in which any information required by any suchprovision to be displayed on or in a vending machine is to be so
displayed;(c)
as to the conditions which must be satisfied in marking withinformation as to the quantity of goods made up in it the container inor on which any goods are made up for sale (whether by way of prepacking or otherwise) where those goods are goods on a sale ofwhich (whether any sale or a sale of any particular description) thequantity of the goods sold is required by any such provision to bemade known to the buyer at or before a particular time;(d)as to the units of measurement to be used in marking any suchcontainer or machine with any information;(e)for securing, in the case of pre-packed goods, that the container is
so marked as to enable the packer to be identified;(f)
as to the method by which and conditions under which quantity is tobe determined in connection with any information relating to quantity
required by or under section 34;(g)permitting, in the case of such goods and in circumstances as may
be specified in the rules, the weight of such articles used in making
up the goods for sale as may be so specified to be included in the
net weight of the goods for the purposes of this Act;(h)requiring persons who sell or who make, possess or carry for sale
goods which they are prohibited from selling otherwise than by net
weight or measure to provide for use of persons buying or proposing
to buy such goods from them, the means of verifying or checking the
net weight or measure of the goods; and(i)prohibiting the importation of make-up packages or vessels for salein Kenya which do not comply with the requirements of any rules
made under section 34.
(2) Any person who contravenes any rule under subsection (1) shall be guiltyof an offence.
36. Exemption from requirements imposed under sections 34 and 35
The Minister may by order grant, with respect of goods or sales of suchdescriptions as may be specified in the order, an exemption, either generally or insuch circumstances as may be specified, from all or any of the requirements
imposed by or under sections 34 and 35.

[Issue 1]22[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures

37. Offences relating to transactions in goods(1) Subject to section 50, where any goods are required, when not prepacked, to be sold only by quantity expressed in a particular manner or only in aparticular quantity, any person shall be guilty of an offence who—(a)whether on his own behalf or on behalf of another person, offers or
exposes for sale, sells or agrees to sell; or(b)causes or suffers any other person to offer or expose for sale, sell or
agree to sell on his behalf,
those goods otherwise than by quantity expressed in that manner or, as the casemay be, otherwise than in that quantity.
(2) Any person shall be guilty of an offence who—(a)whether on his own behalf or on behalf of another person, has in his
possession for sale, sells or agrees to sell; or(b)except in the course of carriage of the goods for reward, has in his
possession for delivery after sale; or(c)causes or suffers any other person to have in his possession forsale or for delivery after sale, sell or agree to sell on behalf of thefirst-mentioned person,
any goods to which subsection (3) applies, whether the sale is or is to be, by
retail or otherwise.
(3) This subsection applies to any goods—(a)which are required to be pre-packed only in particular quantities but
are not so pre-packed;(b)which are required to be otherwise made up in or on a container forsale or for delivery after sale only in particular quantities but are notso made up;(c)which are required to be made for sale only in particular quantities
but are not so made;(d)which are required to be pre-packed only if the container is marked
with particular information but are pre-packed otherwise than in or
on a container so marked;(e)which are required to be otherwise made up in or on a container forsale or for delivery after sale only if the container is marked withparticular information but are so made up otherwise than in or on acontainer so marked;(f)which are required to be pre-packed only in or on a container of aparticular description but are not pre-packed in or on a container ofthat description; or(g)which are required to be otherwise made up in or on a container forsale or delivery after sale only in or on a container of a particular
description but are not so made up in or on a container of that
description.

(4) In the case of any sale where the quantity of the goods sold expressed ina particular manner is required to be made known, to the buyer at or before a23[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures

particular time and that quantity is not so made known the person by whom, andany other person on whose behalf, the goods were sold shall be guilty of an
offence.
(5) Where any goods required to be sold by means of, or to be offered or
exposed for sale in, a vending machine only if certain requirements are compliedwith are sold, offered or exposed for sale without those requirements being
complied with, the seller or person causing the goods to be offered or exposed
for sale shall be guilty of an offence.
(6) The preceding provisions of this section have effect subject to sections 46
to 49.
(7) In this section “required” means required under this Act.
38. Quantity to be stated in writing in certain cases(1) Subject to section 39, this section shall have effect on any sale ofgoods—(a)which is required under this Act to be a sale by quantity expressedin a particular manner;(b)in the case of which the quantity of the goods sold expressed in aparticular manner is so required to be made known to the buyer ator before a particular time; or(c)which, being a sale by retail not falling within paragraph (a) or (b), is,or purports to be, a sale by quantity expressed in a particularmanner other than by number.

(2) Subject to subsections (4) to (6), unless the quantity of the goods soldexpressed in the manner in question is made known to the buyer at the premisesof the seller and the goods are delivered to the buyer at those premises on thesame occasion as, and at or after the time when, that quantity is so made known
to him, a statement in writing of that quantity shall be delivered to the consignee
at or before delivery of the goods to him.
(3) If subsection (2) is contravened then, subject to sections 46 to 49, theperson by whom, and any other person on whose behalf, the goods were soldshall be guilty of an offence.
(4) If at the time when the goods are delivered the consignee is absent, it
shall be sufficient compliance with subsection (2) if the statement is left at somesuitable place at the premises at which the goods are delivered.
(5) Subsection (2) shall not apply to any sale otherwise than by retail where,by agreement with the buyer, the quantity of the goods sold is to be determined
after their delivery to the consignee.
(6) Where any liquid goods are sold by capacity measurement and thequantity sold is measured at the time of delivery and elsewhere than at thepremises of the seller, subsection (2) shall not apply but, unless the quantity bycapacity measurement of the goods sold is measured in the presence of thebuyer, the person by whom the goods are delivered shall immediately after thedelivery hand to the buyer, or if the buyer is not present leave at some suitable[Issue 1]24[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measuresplace at the premises at which the goods are delivered, a statement in writing of
the quantity by capacity measurement delivered, and if without reasonable cause
he fails so to do he shall be guilty of an offence.
39. Exemptions from requirements of section 38
The Minister may, by order, grant with respect to goods or sales of suchdescriptions as may be specified in the order, an exemption, either generally or insuch circumstances as may be so specified, from all or any of the requirementsof section 38.
40. Short weight(1) Subject to sections 46 to 49, any person who, in selling or purporting tosell any goods by weight or other measurement or by number, delivers or causes
to be delivered to the buyer—(a)a lesser quantity than that purported to be sold; or(b)a lesser quantity than corresponds with the price charged,
shall be guilty of an offence.
(2) For the purposes of this section any statement, whether oral or in writing,as to the weight of any goods shall be taken, unless otherwise expressed, to be astatement as to the net weight of the goods.
41. Misrepresentation(1) Subject to sections 46 to 49, any person who—(a)on or in connection with the sale or purchase of any goods;(b)in exposing or offering any goods for sale;(c)in purporting to make known to the buyer the quantity of any goods
sold; or(d)in offering to purchase any goods,
makes any misrepresentation, whether oral or otherwise as to the quantity of thegoods, or does any other act calculated to mislead a person buying or selling thegoods as to the quantity of the goods, shall be guilty of an offence.
(2) Subsection (2) of section 40 shall have effect for the purposes of thissection as it has effect for the purposes of that section.
42. Quantity less than stated(1) If, in the case of any goods pre-packed in or on a container marked with astatement in writing with respect to the quantity of the goods, the quantity of thegoods is at any time found to be less than that stated, then, subject to sections
46 to 49—(a)any person who has those goods in his possession for sale shall be
guilty of an offence; and(b)
if it is shown that the deficiency cannot be accounted for by anything
occurring after the goods had been sold by retail and delivered to, or
to a person nominated in that behalf by the buyer, any person bywhom or on whose behalf those goods have been sold or agreed tobe sold at any time while they were pre-packed in or on thecontainer in question,

25[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures

shall be guilty of an offence.
(2) If—(a)in the case of a sale of or agreement to sell any goods which, notbeing pre-packed, are made up for sale or for delivery after sale inor on a container marked with a statement in writing with respect tothe quantity of the goods; or(b)in the case of any goods which, in connection with their sale or anagreement for their sale, have associated with them a document
containing such a statement,

the quantity of the goods is at any time found to be less than that stated, then, if it
is shown that the deficiency cannot be accounted for by anything occurring after
the goods had been delivered to, or to a person nominated in that behalf by thebuyer, and subject to sections 46 to 49, the person by whom, and any otherperson on whose behalf, the goods were sold or agreed to be sold shall be guiltyof an offence.
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) shall have effect notwithstanding that the quantity
stated is expressed to be the quantity of the goods at a specified time falling
before the time in question, or is expressed with some other qualification ofwhatever description, except where—(a)that quantity is so expressed in pursuance of an express
requirement of this Act; or(b)

the goods, although falling within subsection (1) or subsection 2
(a)—

(c)

(i)

are not required by or under this Act to be pre-packed as
mentioned in subsection (1) or, as the case may be, to be madeup for sale or for delivery after sale in or on a container only if thecontainer is marked as mentioned in subsection 2(a); and(ii)

are not goods on a sale of which (whether any sale or a saleof any particular description) the quantity sold is required
under any provision of this Act other than section 38, to bemade known to the buyer at or before a particular time; orthe goods, although falling within subsection (2)(b), are not required
under this Act to have associated with them such a document as ismentioned in that provision.

(4) In any case to which by virtue of paragraphs (a) (b) or (c) ofsubsection (3), the provisions of subsection (1) or (2) do not apply, if it is found at
any time that the quantity of the goods in question is less than that stated and it
is shown that the deficiency is greater than what can be reasonable justified on
the grounds justifying the qualification in question, then, subject to sections 46 to49—(a)in the case of goods such as are mentioned in subsection (1), if it isfurther shown as mentioned in that subsection, then—(i)[Issue 1]

where the container in question was marked in Kenya, theperson by whom, and any other person on whose behalf, thecontainer was marked; or26

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures(ii)

where the container in question was marked outside Kenya,
the person by whom, and any other person on whose behalf,
the goods were first sold in Kenya,shall be guilty of an offence;(b)in the case of goods such as are mentioned in subsection (2), theperson by whom, and any other person on whose behalf, the goods
were sold or agreed to be sold shall be guilty of an offence if, but
only if, he would, but for paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of subsection (3)have been guilty of an offence under subsection (2).

(5) Subsection (2) of section 40 shall have effect for the purposes of thissection as it has effect for the purposes of that section.
43. Incorrect statements(1) Notwithstanding section 42(2) to (4), if in the case of any goods required
under this Act to have associated with them a document containing particularstatements, that document is found to contain any such statement which ismaterially incorrect, any person who, knowing or having reasonable cause tosuspect that statement to be materially incorrect, inserted it or caused it to beinserted in the document, or used the document for the purposes of this Act whilethat statement was contained in the document, shall be guilty of an offence.
(2) Subsection (2) of section 40 shall have effect for the purposes of thissection as it has effect for the purposes of that section.
44. Offences due to default of third person
Where the commission by any person of an offence in respect of any goods isdue to the act or default of some other person not being a person under thecontrol of the first-mentioned person, the other person shall be guilty of an
offence and may be charged with and convicted of the offence whether or notproceedings are taken against the first mentioned person.
45. Presumption concerning the nature of goods
In any proceedings under this Act, the description of any goods in any charge
shall be prima facie evidence that the goods were at the time of the offence andsubsequently as so described, and the burden of proving the contrary shall lie
upon the accused person.
46. Warranty(1) Subject to this section, in any proceedings for an offence under this Act,
being an offence relating to the quantity or pre-packing of any goods, it shall be a
defence for the person charged to prove—(a)that he bought the goods from some other person—(i)as being of the quantity which the person charged purported tosell or represented, or which was marked on any container orstated in any document to which the proceedings relate; or(ii)

as conforming with the statement marked on any container towhich the proceedings relate; and27[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures(b)that he so bought the goods with a written warranty from that otherperson that they were of that quantity or, as the case may be, didconform; and(c)that at the time of the commission of the offence he did in fact
believe the statement contained in the warranty to be accurate andhad no reason to believe it to be inaccurate; and(d)if the warranty was given by a person who at the time he gave it was
resident outside Kenya, that the person charged had taken
reasonable steps to check the accuracy of the statement containedin the warranty; and(e)in the case of proceedings relating to the quantity of any goods, that
he took all reasonable steps to ensure that, while in his possession,
the quantity of the goods remained unchanged and, in the case ofsuch or any other proceedings, that apart from any change in theirquantity the goods were at the time of the commission of the offence
in the same state as when he bought them.

(2) A warranty shall not be a defence in any proceedings undersubsection (1), unless, not later than seven days before the date of the hearing,
the person charged has sent to the prosecutor a copy of the warranty with a
notice stating that he intends to rely on it and specifying the name and address ofthe person from whom the warranty was received, and has also sent a like noticeto that person.
(3) Where the person charged is the employee of a person who, if he had
been charged, would have been entitled to plead a warranty as a defence undersubsection (1), that subsection shall have effect—(a)with the substitution, for any reference (however expressed) inparagraphs (a), (b), (d) and (e) to the person charged, of a reference
to his employer; and(b)with the substitution for paragraph (c) of the following—“(c) that at the time of the commission of the offence his employer
did in fact believe the statement contained in the warranty to
be accurate and the person charged had no reason to believe
it to be inaccurate”.

(4) The person by whom the warranty is alleged to have been given shall beentitled to appear at the hearing and to give evidence.
(5) If the person charged in any such proceedings as are mentioned insubsection (1) wilfully attributes to any goods a warranty given in relation to any
other goods, he shall be guilty of an offence.
(6) A person who, in respect of any goods sold by him in respect of which awarranty might be pleaded under this section, gives to the buyer a false warranty
in writing shall be guilty of an offence unless he proves that when he gave thewarranty he took all reasonable steps to ensure that the statements contained init were, and would continue at all relevant times to be, accurate.
(7) For the purposes of this section, any statement with respect to any goods
which is contained in any document required under this Act to be associated withthe goods or in any invoice, and, in the case of goods made up in or on a

[Issue 1]28

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measurescontainer for sale or for delivery after sale, any statement with respect to those
goods with which that container is marked, shall be taken to be a written warrantyof the accuracy of that statement.
47. Reasonable precautions and due diligence(1) In any proceedings for an offence under this Act, it shall be a defence forthe person charged to prove that he took all reasonable precautions andexercised all due diligence to avoid the commission of the offence.
(2) If in any case the defence provided by subsection (1) involves anallegation that the commission of the offence in question was due to the act ordefault of another person (not being a person under the control of the person
charged) or due to reliance on information supplied by another person not beinga person under his control, the person charged shall not, without the leave of the
Court, be entitled to rely on the defence unless, before the beginning of theperiod of seven days ending with the date when the hearing of the charge began,he served on the prosecutor a notice giving such information identifying or
assisting in the identification of the other person as was then in his possession.
48. Subsequent deficiency(1) This subsection applies to any proceedings for an offence under this Act,by reason of quantity—(a)of any goods made up for sale or for delivery after sale (whether by
way of pre-packing or otherwise) in or on a container marked withan indication of quantity;(b)of any goods which, in connection with their sale or an agreement
for their sale, have associated with them a document purporting tostate the quantity of the goods; or(c)of any goods required under this Act to be pre-packed, or to beotherwise made up in or on a container for sale or for delivery after
sale, or to be made for sale, only in particular quantities, being lessthan that marked on the container or stated in the document inquestion or being less than the relevant particular quantity, as thecase may be.

(2) In any proceedings to which subsection (1) applies, it shall be a defence
for the person charged to prove that the deficiency arose—(a)in a case falling within paragraph (a) of subsection (1), after the
making up of the goods and the marking of the container;(b)

in a case falling within paragraph (b) of that subsection, after the
preparation of the goods for delivery in pursuance of the sale oragreement and after the completion of the document;(c)in a case falling within paragraph (c) of that subsection, after the
making up or marking, as the case may be, of the goods for sale,
and was attributable wholly to factors for which reasonable allowance was madein stating the quantity of the goods in the marking of the document or in making
up or marking the goods for sale, as the case may be.
(3) If in any proceedings for an offence under this Act, being an offence inrespect of any deficiency in the quantity of any goods sold, it is shown that29

[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures

between the sale and the discovery of the deficiency the goods were, with theconsent of the buyer, subjected to treatment which could result in a reduction in
the quantity of those goods for delivery to, or to any person nominated in thatbehalf by, the buyer, the person charged shall not be found guilty of that offence
unless it is shown that the deficiency cannot be accounted for by the subjectingof the goods to that treatment.
49. Provisions as to testing(1) If proceedings for an offence under this Act, in respect of any deficiency inthe quantity—(a)of any goods made up for sale (whether by way of pre-packing orotherwise) in or on a container marked with an indication of quantity;or(b)of any goods which have been pre-packed or other wise made up in
or on a container for sale or for delivery after sale, or which havebeen made for sale, and which are required by this Act to be prepacked, or to be otherwise so made up, or to be so made as thecase may be, only in particular quantities,
are brought with respect to any article, and it is proved that, at the time and place
at which that article was tested, other articles of the same kind and of the same
nominal quantity, being articles which, or articles containing goods which, hadbeen sold by the person charged or were in that person’s possession for sale orfor delivery after sale, were available for testing the person charged shall not be
convicted of such an offence with respect to that article unless a reasonable
number of those other articles was also tested.
(2) In any proceedings for such an offence as is mentioned in subsection (1)the Court—(a)if the proceedings are with respect to one or more a number of articles
tested on the same occasion, shall have regard to the average quantity
in all the articles tested;(b)

if the proceedings are with respect to a single article, shall disregard
any inconsiderable deficiency; and(c)shall have regard generally to all the circumstances of the case.

(3) Subsections (1) and (2) shall apply with the necessary modifications toproceedings for an offence in respect of the size, capacity or contents of acontainer as they apply to proceedings for an offence in respect of the deficiency
in the quantity of certain goods.
(4) Where, by virtue of section 44, a person is charged with an offence withwhich some other person might have been charged, the reference insubsection (1) to articles or goods sold by or in the possession of the person
charged shall be construed as a reference to articles or goods sold by or in thepossession of that other person.
50. Selling by quantity
Where any goods are required under this Act to be sold only by quantity
expressed in a particular manner—(a)[Issue 1]

it shall be a sufficient compliance with that requirement in the caseof any sale of, or agreement to sell, any such goods if the quantity of30

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures
the goods expressed in the manner in question is made known tothe buyer before the purchase price is agreed; and(b)no person shall be guilty of an offence under section 37(1) byreason of the exposing or offering for sale of such goods at any time
if both the quantity of the goods expressed in the manner inquestion and the price at which they are exposed or offered for sale
are made known at that time to any prospective buyer.

51. Making quantity known to a person(1) For the purposes of this Act, and without prejudice to any other method ofmaking known to a person the quantity of any goods expressed in a particularmanner, that quantity shall be taken to be made known to that person—(a)if the goods are weighed or otherwise measured or counted, as thecase may require, in the presence of that person;(b)

if the goods are made up in or on a container marked with astatement in writing of the quantity of the goods expressed in themanner in question and the container is readily available forinspection by that person; or(c)upon such a statement in writing being delivered to that person.

(2) The Minister may by order provide that subsection (3) shall apply, in thecase of such goods in such circumstances as are specified in the order, to any
requirement so specified under this Act with respect to the making known to thebuyer of the quantity by weight of the goods sold by retail.
(3) In any case to which this subsection applies, the requirement specified in
the order shall be taken to be satisfied if the goods are bought at the premises atwhich the weighing instrument of such description as may be prescribed—(a)

is kept available by the occupier of those premises for use withoutcharge by any prospective buyer of such goods for the purposes ofweighing for himself any such goods offered or exposed for sale byretail on those premises; and(b)is so kept available in a position on those premises which is suitable
and convenient for such use of the weighing instrument; and(c)is reserved for use for that purpose at all times while those premises
are open for retail transactions; and a notice of the availability of theweighing instrument for such use is displayed in a position on thepremises where it may be readily seen by any prospective buyer.

52. Weighing in presence of a person
For the purposes of this Act, a person shall not be taken to weigh or otherwise
measure or count any goods in the presence of any other person unless hecauses any weighing instrument used for the purpose to be so placed or
conducts the operation of weighing or otherwise measuring or counting thegoods, as to permit that person a clear and unobstructed view of the weighing or
measuring instrument, if any, and of the operation, and of any indication ofquantity given by any such instrument as the result of that operation.

31[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures

53. Ascertaining quantity of beer or cider
In ascertaining the quantity of any beer or cider for the purposes of section 37
or sections 41 to 43 the gas comprised in any foam on the beer or cider shall be
disregarded.

PART VI – ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
54. Appointment of inspectors(1) The Minister may from time to time for the purposes of this Act appoint
inspectors from among persons holding certificates of qualification for theefficient discharge of the functions conferred or imposed upon them by this Act.
(2) Notice of a person’s appointment to or ceasing to hold office under thisAct shall be given by the Minister in the Gazette.
(3) A certificate of appointment signed by the Director shall be issued toevery inspector appointed and shall be evidence of his appointment under thisAct.
(4) Any person who, immediately before the commencement of this Act, wasan inspector appointed under section 27 of the Weights and Measures Act(Cap.513) (1979) (now repealed), shall be deemed for the purposes of this Act tobe an inspector appointed under this section.
55. Appointment of director, deputy director and assistant director(1) There shall be a Director, Deputy Directors and so many Assistant
Directors of Weights and Measures, as may be necessary for the purposes ofthis Act.
(2) The Director may delegate in writing all or any of his powers, duties orfunctions under this Act, either generally or in any area in Kenya, or for such
periods or purposes as he may specify, to any Deputy Director or to any
Assistant Director, and may at any time revoke or vary such delegation.
(3) The Director shall be responsible to the Minister for the custody andmaintenance of standards provided under section 14, 15 or 16 and generally forthe operation of the arrangements made to give effect to the purposes of this Act,and the general supervision of inspectors.
(4) The arrangements made by or on behalf of the Director to give effect tothe purposes of this Act may include the provision, under the supervision of theinspector in charge of any area, of a service for the adjustment of weights andmeasures, but not of other weighing or measuring instruments; and where such a
service is so provided, the inspector shall charge such fee in connection
therewith as the Minister may prescribe.
(5) Without prejudice to the powers and duties of an inspector under any
other provisions of this Act, the Director may make arrangements whereby aninspector may, at the request of any person and upon payment of the prescribedfee, carry out and submit to that person a report on—(a)[Issue 1]

weighing or measurement of any goods or article submitted for the
purpose by that person;

32

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures(b)a test of the accuracy of any weight, measure or weighing or
measuring instrument so submitted.

(6) Any person who, immediately before the commencement of this Act was asuperintendent or an assistant superintendent appointed under section 26 of the
Weights and Measures Act, (Cap. 513) (1979) (now repealed) shall be deemed forthe purposes of this Act to be Director or Assistant Director as the case may be.

PART VII – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
56. Powers of entry and seizure(1) An inspector may at any reasonable time inspect and test all weights,
measures or weighing or measuring instruments which are used or are in any
person’s possession, or upon any premises for the purposes of trade, and may
cause such weights, measures or weighing or measuring instruments to becompared with the working standards, and may apply such test as may benecessary to determine the accuracy therefor, and may seize and detain such ofthem as are liable to forfeiture under this Act.
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), an inspector may enter any shop,
factory, store or warehouse, stall, yard or other premises wherein he hasreasonable cause to believe that there are any weights, measures, weighing or
measuring instruments which he is authorized under this Act to inspect or where
any goods are bought, sold, exposed, pre-packed or kept for sale, or weighed or
measured for sale or for conveyance or carriage or for any other trade purpose.
(3) An inspector authorized under this section may also inspect and weigh orotherwise measure or count any goods on any premises or at any place where
goods are bought, sold or exposed for sale, and may stop any vehicle or person
carrying goods for sale or delivery to a purchaser and may enter any premises
where goods have been delivered to a purchaser in order to ascertain that theprovisions of this Act have been complied with and for any such purpose may
use any weighing or measuring instrument which complies with the provisions of
this Act and which may be upon such premises; and the inspector may require
the production of any documents or records appertaining to the quantity or gaugeof such goods and such reasonable assistance from any person present andhaving an interest in those goods as may be necessary.
(4) An inspector may weigh or otherwise measure any container in or onwhich any goods are made up and may do anything else as respects the goods
or container which is reasonably necessary, and which does not damage ordepreciate the goods or container to ascertain whether the requirements of thisAct are complied with.
(5) For the purposes of subsection (4), an inspector may if necessary break
open any container of goods or open any vending machine in which goods areoffered or exposed for sale.
(6) Where an inspector has reasonable cause to believe that any document
produced to him under subsection (3) contains any inaccurate statement of
quantity or gauge or may be required as evidence in proceedings under this Act,he may seize and detain the document giving in exchange thereof a certificate in
the prescribed manner, signed by him to the effect that the document has been
seized and giving reasons for the seizure.

33[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures(7) An inspector entering any premises by virtue of this section may take withhim such other person and such equipment as may appear to him necessary.
(8) If any person discloses to any other person any information with respect
to any secret manufacturing process or trade secret obtained by him in premises
where he has entered by virtue of this section or any information obtained by him
in pursuance of this Act he shall be guilty of an offence unless the disclosure wasmade in or for the purposes of the performance by him or any other person of thefunctions under this Act.
(9) For the purposes of this section the powers of an inspector shall include
power to require the person in charge of any vehicle carrying goods for sale, orfor delivery after sale, by weight or measure to a purchaser to have it checkweighed.
57. Power to make test purchase(1) An inspector may make such test purchases of goods as may appear
expedient for the purposes of determining whether or not the provisions of thisAct are being complied with; and the expenses incurred in making any such
purchase shall be met from public funds.
(2) An inspector may, in connection with the investigation of any alleged
offence arising out of a test purchase involving payment with money, search any
person for the money; or enter and search premises, or search any box orreceptacle and the contents thereof at the place at which such test purchase has
been made, and may seize the money so found and retain any change received
for the purchase as evidence of the transaction.
(3) Any goods purchased in pursuance of subsection (1) in respect of whichno court proceedings are instituted shall be disposed of in such a manner as the
Minister may prescribe.
58. Powers of arrest, search and seizure
In addition to any other powers conferred by this Act, an inspector shall havethe following powers—(a)he may stop and detain, or may arrest without warrant, any person
suspected of an offence under this Act or being in possession of any
goods, or any weight, measure or weighing or measuring instrument
in respect of which he has reason to believe that such an offence
has been committed and may search any person so stopped anddetained or arrested;(b)

he may seize and detain any goods or thing, or any weight, measure
or weighing or measuring instrument in respect of which he hasreason to believe that an offence under this Act has been committed
or which he has reason to believe to be evidence of such an
offence:
Provided that no person shall be arrested under this section unless heobstructs or hinders the inspector or it appears to the inspector that such aperson is likely to fail to answer to a summons, or such a person refuses to givehis name and address to the inspector and to produce to him satisfactoryevidence of his identity, or such person gives a name and address which theinspector has reason to believe to be false.

[Issue 1]34[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures

59. Employer answerable for acts of servant, etc.
Any person who employs in his shop, store, or other place of business any
agent, servant, or other person shall be answerable for the acts or omissions of
the agent, servant or other person in so far as they concern the business of theemployer and if such agent, servant or other person commits any act or makes
any omission which is an offence if committed or made by such employer, such
employer and his agent, servant or other person shall each be guilty of theoffence and shall be jointly and severally liable to the penalties provided by thisAct.
60. Liability of partners in a firm
Any partner in any firm shall be answerable for the acts or omissions of any
other partner in the same firm in so far as they concern that firm; and if any
partner commits any act or makes any omission which is an offence under thisAct, every partner in the firm shall be jointly and severally liable to the penalties
provided by this Act.
61. Offences by corporations
Where an offence under this Act which has been committed by a body
corporate is proved to have been committed with the consent and connivance ofor to be attributable to any manager, secretary or other similar officer of the body
corporate, or any other person who was purporting to act in any such capacity,
he as well as the body corporate shall be guilty of that offence and shall be liable
to be proceeded against and punished accordingly.
62. Disposal of seized goods(1) Where any vehicle, instrument, goods or money has been seized under
this Act, the same may be retained for a period not exceeding three months or if,
within that period, proceedings are commenced for any offence under this Act,
until the final determination of those proceedings.
(2) Where any goods are seized and detained under this Act, they shall be
returned, less any portion which has been reasonably utilized for the purpose of
any tests, to the person from whom they were seized within a period of threemonths after the date of seizure unless within such period some person ischarged with an offence under this Act and such offence was committed inrelation to or in connection with such goods.
(3) Where any perishable goods have been seized under any provision of thisAct, the inspector who has seized the goods shall forthwith report to a magistrate
the fact of the seizure and if the Magistrate is satisfied that the goods are
perishable, he may authorize the inspector to dispose of the goods as theMagistrate may think fit.
(4) Where any proceedings are taken for any offence under this Act, theCourt by or before which the alleged offender is tried may make such order as tothe forfeiture of the goods in respect of which such offence was committed or as
to the disposal of any goods or money seized in connection therewith as thecourt shall see fit.
(5) In this section “goods” shall be construed as including the proceeds of thesale of any goods, where such goods have been sold under subsection (3).

35[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures

63. General penalties(1) Any person guilty of an offence under this Act shall be liable to a fine notexceeding twenty thousand shillings or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding
three years or to both.
(2) Where any person has been convicted of an offence under this Act, thecourt convicting him may, in addition to any other penalty to which the convictedperson may be liable, make such order as the Court thinks fit to prevent theperson from continuing to deal with or in the same goods or articles in respect ofwhich the offence was committed.
64. Prosecution of offences
All offences under this Act may be prosecuted by an inspector.
65. Exemption for survey equipment
The provisions of this Act shall not apply to any equipment designed or used
or intended for use in connection with the survey of land.
66. Repeal of Cap. 513
The Weights and Measures Act is repealed.

FIRST SCHEDULE[Section 3.

INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM OF UNITS (SI) AND THEIR SYMBOLSThe names and symbols of the base units are respectively as follows—
Quantity
Unit
SymbolMasskilogramkg
LengthmetremTime
seconds
Thermodynamic
kelvinK*
temperature
Electric current
ampereA
Luminous intensity
candelacd
Amount of substance
mole
mol
*
This temperature is in general expressed in degrees celsius.

SECOND SCHEDULE[Sections 4.

DEFINITIONS OF UNITS OF MEASUREMENTS
PART I – MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHT OR MASS
Tonne

[Issue 1]= 1,000 kilogram

36

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures

SECOND SCHEDULE—continued
Kilogram

Hectogram
Gram
Carat (metric) gramMilligram= has the meaning assigned by an order made by the
Minister, being the meaning appearing to the Minister toreproduce in English the international definition of thekilogram in force at the date of making the order.
= 0.1 kilogram= 0.001 kilogram= 0.2= 0.001 gram

PART II – MEASUREMENT OF LENGTH
Kilometre
Metre= 1,000 metres= has the meaning assigned by an order made by the
Minister being the meaning appearing to the Minister toreproduce in English the international definition of themetre in force at the date of the making of the order.
= 0.1 metre= 0.01 metre= 0.001 metre

Decimetre
Centimetre
Millimetre

PART III – MEASUREMENT OF AREA
Square kilometre
HectareDekareAre
Square metre
square decimetre
square centimetre
square millimetre= 100 hectares= 100 ares or 10,000 square metres= 10 ares= 100 square metres= a superficial area equal to that of a square each side ofwhich measures one metre= 0.01 square metre= 0.01 square decimetre= 0.01 square centimetre

PART IV – MEASUREMENT OF VOLUME
cubic metre
cubic decimetre
cubic centimetre= the volume equal to that of a cube each edge of whichmeasures one metre= 0.001 cubic metre= 0.001 cubic decimetre

PART V – MEASUREMENT OF CAPACITY
Hectolitre
Litre
Decilitre
Centilitre
Millilitre= 100 litres= a cubic decimetre= 0.1 litre= 0.01 litre= 0.001 litre

37[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures

THIRD SCHEDULE[Sections 5, 13(i), 15(i), 16 and 19.]

PART I – MEASURES AND WEIGHTS LAWFUL FOR TRADE
Measures of Length
Measures of—
50 metres
3 metres30 metres
2 metres20 metres
1 metre10 metres
1 decimetre
5 metres1 centimetre,
which may be marked in whole or in part with divisions or subdivisions
representing any of the following, namely metres, decimetres, centimetres andmillimetres.
Measures of Volume
Measures of—
100 cubic decimetres
200 cubic decimetres
500 cubic decimetres and multiples thereof.
Measures of Capacity
Measures of—any multiple of 10 litres
10 litres
500 millilitres
20 millilitres
5 litres
300 millilitres
10 millilitres
2 litres
200 millilitres
5 millilitres
1 litre100 millilitres
2 millilitres
60 millilitres
1 millilitre
50 millilitres
30 millilitres
Weights
1. Weights of—
20 kilograms
500 grams
500 milligrams
10 kilograms
200 grams
200 milligrams
5 kilograms
100 grams
100 milligrams
2 kilograms
50 grams
50 milligrams
1 kilogram
20 grams
20 milligrams
5 grams
10 milligrams
2 grams
5 milligrams
1 gram
2 milligrams
10 grams
1 milligram[Issue 1]38

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures

THIRD SCHEDULE—continued
2. Weights of—
500 carats (metric)
200 carats (metric)
100 carats (metric)
50 carats (metric)
20 carats (metric)
10 carats (metric)
5 carats (metric)
2 carats (metric)
1 carat (metric)

0.5 carat (metric)
0.2 carat (metric)
0.1 carat (metric)
0.05 carat (metric)
0.02 carat (metric)
0.01 carat (metric)

PART II – TESTING EQUIPMENT WHICH MAY BE USED BY
INSPECTORS IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR DUTIES
Test Weights
Measures of—
500 kilograms
200 kilograms
100 kilograms

20 kilograms
10 kilograms
5 kilograms
Other Equipment

1. Balances and beam scales.
2. Egg poises of various denominations.
3. Pipettes, burettes and displacement plungers.
4. Callipers, micrometers and airy’s gauges.
5. Proving tanks of such capacity and design as the Director may approve.
6. Positive and semi-positive displacement meters of such pattern as the
Director may approve.
7. Water meters.
8. Any other equipment that the Director may recommend.

39[Issue 1]

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

CHAPTER 513
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES ACTSUBSIDIARY LEGISLATION

List of Subsidiary Legislation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Weights and measures (sale of bread) Rules, 1961...................................
Weights and measures (units of measurement) Order, 1961 .....................
Weights and measures (equivalent for dealing with drugs) Rules, 1974....
Definitions of measurements.......................................................................
Weights and measures (fees) Rules, 1991 .................................................
Weights and measures Rules, 1991 ...........................................................
The Weights and Measures (Sale and Labelling of Goods) Rules, 1999 ...

41

Page
43
45
47
55
57
59
171

[Issue 1]

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES (SALE OF BREAD) RULES, 1961
[L.N. 743/1961, L.N. 94/1970, L.N. 21/2002.]

1. These Rules may be cited as the Weights and Measures (Sale of Bread) Rules, 1961.
2. In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires—“bread” includes all kinds and types of bread;“loaf” includes any number of loaves or units of bread joined together.
3. (1) No person shall make for sale, sell, offer for sale, carry for sale, keep on any tradepremises or in any bakery for the purpose of sale, any loaf of bread unless—(a)

its net weight is 200 grams, 400 grams, 600 grams, 800 grams, 1 kilogramor 1.5 kilograms; and(b)

it is clearly and conspicuously marked with—(i)

its net weight;(ii)

the name and address of the baker;(iii)

the last date by which the bread may be sold.

(2) The minimum height of any numerals or letters used in marking the net weight
shall be seven (7) millimetres.
(3) Any person who, whether as principal or as servant or agent of another acts incontravention of this rule shall be guilty of an offence.
[L.N. 94/1970, L.N. 21/2002.]

4. (1) Every person selling bread, or keeping or conveying bread for sale, or keeping
bread on trade premises or in a bakery, whether as principal or as servant or agent ofanother, shall—(a)provide and keep in some conspicuous place at the point of sale anaccurate weighing instrument of a pattern suitable for weighing bread; and(b)

if so required by the purchaser, or by an inspector, weigh the bread in thepresence of the person so requiring; and(c)permit any inspector to weigh any bread on any trade premises or in any
bakery or vehicle.

(2) Any person who fails to comply with the requirements of this rule shall be guilty of
an offence.
(3) For the purposes of this rule, a person shall not be deemed to weigh bread in thepresence of the purchaser or an inspector, as the case may be, unless he causes theweighing instrument used for the purpose to be so placed, and so conducts the operationof weighing, as to permit the purchaser or inspector a clear and unobstructed view of theweighing instrument and of the said operation and of all the indications of weightpertaining to such operation.
5. Any person who is guilty of an offence under these Rules shall be liable to a fine notexceeding fifty thousand shillings or, in the case of a second or subsequent offence, to afine not exceeding one hundred thousand shillings.
[L.N. 21/2002.]

43[Issue 1]

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES (UNITS OF MEASUREMENT) ORDER, 1961
[L.N. 742/1961.]

ORDER UNDER PARTS I, IV AND V OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE
1. This Order may be cited as the Weights and Measures (Units of Measurement) Order,
1961.
2. For all purposes in Kenya, the following expressions shall have the meanings hereby
assigned to them respectively—“kilogram” means the solid mass unit represented by the international prototypeof the kilogram;“litre” means the volume occupied by the mass of one kilogram of pure water at
its maximum density under normal air pressure;“metre” means the length equal to 1,650,763.73 wave-lengths in vacuum createdby radiation corresponding to the transition between the levels 2P10 and 5D5 of thekrypton atom 86.

45[Issue 1]

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES (EQUIVALENTS FOR DEALING WITH DRUGS)
RULES, 1974
ARRANGEMENT OF RULES
Rule
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Citation and interpretation.
Equivalent for weights and volumes.
Equivalent for doses of liquids.
Equivalent for total quantity prescribed for external or bulk oral preparation.
Control of sale and supply.

SCHEDULE

47[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES (EQUIVALENTS FOR DEALING WITH DRUGS)
RULES, 1974
[L.N. 71/1974.]

1. Citation and interpretation(1) These Rules may be cited as the Weights and Measures (Equivalents for Dealing
with Drugs) Rules, 1974.
(2) In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires—“mixture” means any liquid preparation intended for administration by mouthwhich consists of one or more drugs dissolved or suspended in an appropriate vehicle,
but does not include an elixir, emulsion, linctus or syrup;“table” means one of the tables in the Schedule.
2. Equivalent for weights and volumes
Except as provided in rules 3 and 4, any unit of measurement mentioned in the second
column of a table shall be treated for the purpose of any dealing with drugs as theequivalent of the units set opposite thereto in the first column of that Table, and for any
fraction of a grain not specifically mentioned in the first column of Table 1 the equivalent
for such purpose shall be treated as the corresponding fraction of the equivalent of one
grain set out in the second column of that table.
3. Equivalent for doses of liquids(1) Where a prescription for any drug states that the quantity of each dose is to beeither one fluid drachm (fl. dr.) or two fluid drachms, the equivalent of that quantity for the
purposes of dispensing the prescription shall be treated as five millilitres or ten millilitres
respectively.
(2) Where a prescription for any drug which is a mixture states that the quantity ofeach dose is to be one-half of one fluid ounce (fl. oz.) the equivalent of that quantity for the
purpose of dispensing the prescription shall be treated as ten millilitres.
(3) Where a prescription for any drug which is a mixture other than a mixture
formulated for administration to children states that the quantity of each dose is to be two
fluid drachms, the equivalent of that quantity for the purpose of dispensing the prescription
shall be treated as ten millilitres:
Provided that if the prescription refers to a formulation of the drug with a dose of
one-half of a fluid ounce and the drug is prescribed at the normal strength, the equivalentof two fluid drachms for the purpose of dispensing the prescription shall be treated as ten
milliliters of the drug at half the single strength.
(4) Where any prescription to which this rule refers specifies quantity of ingredients ofany drug in the total quantity to be dispensed, this rule shall be treated as applying to thequantity of each such ingredient in each dose.
4. Equivalent for total quantity prescribed for external or bulk oral preparation(1) Where in a prescription for an external preparation or a bulk oral preparation, thetotal quantity to be supplied is expressed in ounces avoirdupois or apothecaries the metricquantity supplied shall be on the basis that one ounce avoirdupois or apothecary isequivalent to twenty-five grams.
(2) Where in a prescription for an external preparation or a bulk oral preparation, thetotal quantity to be supplied is expressed in fluid ounces (fl. oz.) the metric quantity
supplied shall be on the basis that one fluid ounce is equivalent to twenty-five millilitres.

[Issue 1]48

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](3) For the purposes of this rule, Table 3 or 4 shall be used.
(4) Where any quantity of an external preparation or bulk oral preparation isexpressed in terms of one or more of the units mentioned in the first column of Table 3 or
4 is greater than one pound or one pint, the equivalent for the purpose of any dealing withthe prescription shall be treated as the corresponding multiple of the equivalent for one
pound or one pint, as the case may be, plus the equivalent of any residue of less than apound or pint as ascertained from the appropriate tables.
(5) In paragraph (4), “corresponding multiple” in relation to a quantity means thenumber of times that quantity will divide into units of one pound or one pint as the casemay be.
5. Control of sale and supply(1) Where any manufacturer, wholesale dealer or retail dealer sells or supplies any
drug after the commencement of these Rules he shall, if the order or prescription relating
to such a dealing is expressed in terms of a unit of measurement specified in the firstcolumn of any of the tables or of any such fraction as is mentioned in rule 2 carry out suchdealing in terms of the equivalent quantity ascertained in accordance with that rule.
(2) The provisions of rules 3 and 4 shall not apply to imported medicaments that are
sold in their original containers as packaged by the manufacturer.

SCHEDULETABLE 1 – WEIGHTS
GrainsMilligrams...........................................................................................................................

0.1...........................................................................................................................

0.125...........................................................................................................................

0.15...........................................................................................................................

0.2

1
240

...........................................................................................................................

0.25

1
200

...........................................................................................................................

0.3...........................................................................................................................

0.4...........................................................................................................................

0.5

1
600

1
500
1
480
1
400
1
320
1
300

1
160
1
150
1
130
1
120

49

[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

SCHEDULE—continued
GrainsMilligrams...........................................................................................................................

0.6...........................................................................................................................

0.8

1
60

...........................................................................................................................

1

1
50

...........................................................................................................................

1.25

1
40

...........................................................................................................................

1.5

1
30

...........................................................................................................................

2...........................................................................................................................

2.5

1
20

...........................................................................................................................

3

1
15

...........................................................................................................................

4

1
12

...........................................................................................................................

5

1
10

...........................................................................................................................

6

1
8...........................................................................................................................

7.5

1
6

...........................................................................................................................

10

1
5

...........................................................................................................................

12.5

1
4

...........................................................................................................................

15

1
3

...........................................................................................................................

20

2
5

...........................................................................................................................

25

1
2

...........................................................................................................................

30

3
5

...........................................................................................................................

40

3
4

...........................................................................................................................

501...........................................................................................................................

60

1
14

...........................................................................................................................

751...........................................................................................................................

100...........................................................................................................................

125

1
100
1
80
1
75

1
25
1
24

12
2

[Issue 1]50[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

SCHEDULE—continued
GrainsMilligrams...........................................................................................................................

150

3...........................................................................................................................

200

1
32

...........................................................................................................................

2501...........................................................................................................................

300

1...........................................................................................................................

400...........................................................................................................................

450...........................................................................................................................

500...........................................................................................................................

600

1

22

4
42
5
52
6
1

62
7
1
72

8
9
10

11 to 13 .........................................................................................................................
14 to 16 .........................................................................................................................
17 to 20..........................................................................................................................
21 to 25 .........................................................................................................................
26 to 29 .........................................................................................................................
30 to 33 .........................................................................................................................
34 to 37 .........................................................................................................................
38 to 43 .........................................................................................................................
44 to 51 .........................................................................................................................
52 to 57 .........................................................................................................................
58 to 65 .........................................................................................................................
66 to 76 .........................................................................................................................
77 to 84 .........................................................................................................................
85 to 102 .......................................................................................................................
103 to 115 .....................................................................................................................
116 to 135 .....................................................................................................................
136 to 150 .....................................................................................................................
151 to 165 .....................................................................................................................
166 to 180 .....................................................................................................................
181 to 190 .....................................................................................................................
191 to 220 .....................................................................................................................
221 to 250 .....................................................................................................................
251 to 275 .....................................................................................................................
276 to 325 .....................................................................................................................

51

800
1.0g
1.2
1.5
1.8
2
2.3
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
2
13
15
17
20

[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

SCHEDULE—continued
GrainsMilligrams

326 to 350 .....................................................................................................................
351 to 375 .....................................................................................................................
376 to 400 .....................................................................................................................
401 to 425......................................................................................................................
426 to 450 .....................................................................................................................
451 to 510 .....................................................................................................................

22
23
25
26
28
30

Entries in the above table expressed as one figure to another are inclusive of both figures.

TABLE 2 – VOLUMES
MinimsMillilitres...........................................................................................................................

0.06...........................................................................................................................

0.09

2

...........................................................................................................................

0.12

1
22

...........................................................................................................................

0.15

3

...........................................................................................................................

0.18

1
32

...........................................................................................................................

0.2

1...........................................................................................................................

0.25

1

...........................................................................................................................

0.3...........................................................................................................................

0.4...........................................................................................................................

0.5...........................................................................................................................

0.6...........................................................................................................................

0.7...........................................................................................................................

0.9...........................................................................................................................

1

1
1

12

4
42
5
52
6
7
1
72

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

19 to 22 .........................................................................................................................
23 to 27 .........................................................................................................................

1.2
1.5

28 to 32 .........................................................................................................................

1.8[Issue 1]52

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

SCHEDULE—continued
GrainsMilligrams

33 to 37 .........................................................................................................................
38 to 46 .........................................................................................................................
47 to 55 .........................................................................................................................
56 to 64 .........................................................................................................................
65 to 74 .........................................................................................................................
75 to 84 .........................................................................................................................
85 to 93 .........................................................................................................................
94 to 100 .......................................................................................................................
111 to 130 .....................................................................................................................
131 to 149 .....................................................................................................................
150 to 167 .....................................................................................................................
168 to 185 .....................................................................................................................
186 to 200 .....................................................................................................................
201 to 220 .....................................................................................................................
221 to 250 .....................................................................................................................
251 to 275 .....................................................................................................................
276 to 300 .....................................................................................................................
301 to 330 .....................................................................................................................
331 to 370 .....................................................................................................................
371 to 400 .....................................................................................................................
401 to 450 .....................................................................................................................
451 to 500 .....................................................................................................................

2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
17
18
20
22
25
28

Entries in the above table expressed as one figure to another are inclusive of both figures.

TABLE 3 – WEIGHTS
Ounces avoirdupois or apothecaries

Grams

1 oz. or more but less than 1 ½ ........................................................................................
1 ½ oz. or more but less than 2 ........................................................................................
3 oz. or more but less than 5 ½ ........................................................................................
5 ½ oz. or more but less than 9 ........................................................................................
9 oz. or more but less than 14 ½ ......................................................................................
14 ½ oz. or more but more than 16 oz. or 11b. avoirdupois .............................................

25
50
100
200
300
500

Entries in the above table expressed as one figure to another are inclusive of both figures.

TABLE 4 – VOLUMES
Fluid Ounces

Millilitres

1 fl. oz. or more but less than 1 ½ fl. oz. ...........................................................................
1 ½ fl. oz. or more but less than 3 fl. oz. ...........................................................................
3 fl. oz. or more but less than 5 ½ fl. oz. ...........................................................................
5 ½ fl. oz. or more but less than 9 fl. oz. ...........................................................................
9 fl. Oz. or more but less than 14 ½ fl. oz. ........................................................................
1

14 ½ fl. oz. or more but not more than 20 fl. oz. or 1 pint or 8 gallon ..............................

53

25
50
100
200
300
500

[Issue 1]

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

DEFINITIONS OF MEASUREMENTS[Act No. 14 of 1991, Sch., L.N. 201/1988, L.N. 224/1991.]

RULES UNDER SECTION 33
In accordance with sections 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 of the Weights and Measures Act (Cap.
513), the Minister for Commerce orders that for all purposes in Kenya, the definitions inthe second column of the Schedule of the corresponding units of measurements in thefirst column of the Schedule are meanings appearing to the Minister to reproduce inEnglish the International definitions of the units of measurements at the date of this Order.

SCHEDULE
Units of Measurements
The Kilogram
The Metre

The Second

The ampere

The Kelvin Unit of thermodynamic temperature
The Candela

The Mole

Definitions
Is equal to the mass of the International
prototype of the Kilogram.
The length of the path travelled by light invacuum during a time interval of 1/299 792
458 of a second.
The duration of 9192 631 770 periods of theradiation corresponding of the transition
between the two hyperfine levels of the groundstate of caesium 133 atom.
That constant current which if maintained in two
straight parallel conductors of infinite length, of
negligible circular cross-section, and placed
one metre apart in vacuum, would produce-7
these conductors a force equal to 2 x 10
Newton per metre of length.
Is the fraction 1/273.16 of the thermodynamic
temperature of the triple point of water.
The luminous intensity in a given direction ofsource that emits monochromatic radiation of
frequency 540 x 1012 hertz which has a radiantintensity in that direction of 1/683 watts per
steradian.
1. The amount of substance of a system
which contains as many elementary entities
as there are atoms in 0.012 kilogram ofcarbon 12.
2. When the mole is used the elementary
entities must be specified, and may be
atoms, molecules, ions, electrons, otherparticles or specified groups of suchparticles.

55[Issue 1]

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES (FEES) RULES, 1991
[L.N. 494/1991.]

RULES UNDER SECTION 30(1) AND 33
1. These Rules may be cited as the Weights and Measures (Fees) Rules, 1991.
2. The fees specified in the Schedule hereto shall be payable by every person who
submits a pattern of weighing or measuring instrument to the Director for approval under
section 30 of the Act.

SCHEDULE[Rule 2.]

FEES
Type of Instrument
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)

Measure of length and measures of capacity ...................................................
Liquid measuring instruments ...........................................................................
Linear measuring instruments ..........................................................................
Area measuring instruments .............................................................................
Non-automatic weighing instruments of capacities not exceeding 250 kg. ......
Non-automatic weighing instruments of capacities exceeding 250 kg. but notexceeding 1,000 kg. .........................................................................................
Non-automatic weighing instruments of capacities exceeding 1,000 kg. .........
Electronic weighing or measuring instruments .................................................
Automatic weighing machines of the predetermined load type ........................
Belt conveyor weighing machines ....................................................................

57

Fees Payable
Sh.
1,500
3,000
2,000
2,000
1,500
3,000
4,000
5,000
4,000
10,000[Issue 1]

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES RULES, 1991
ARRANGEMENT OF RULES
PART I – PRELIMINARY
Rule
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

Citation and application.
Interpretation.
Weights, measures and instruments to be clean.
Denomination.
Examination on premises.
Duties of person submitting weights, measures or instruments.
Weights, measures and instruments not to be admitted for verification.
Name, trade-mark and serial number to be marked.
Provision for reception of stamp of verification.
Testing procedure.
Testing “in situ”.
Design of stamp of verification.
Date marks.
Year of stamping.
Certificate of verification.
Obliteration.
Inspector to obliterate stamp on certain weights, measures or instruments.
Sealing to prevent use of instrument pending repair.
Offence, to seal, or to mutilate stamp of verification.

20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.

Material of construction.
Prevention of corrosion.
Surface to be free from flaws.
Cylindrical weights.
Specifications for rectangular and hexagonal weights.
Adjusting holes.
Denomination.
Testing.
Permissible errors on verification, inspection or re-verification.
Mode of stamping.

30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.

Material of construction of measures of length.
Mode of construction.
Winding device.
Marking of denomination tractive, force, and manufacturer’s name or trade mark.
Graduations.
Testing.

PART II – WEIGHTSPART III – MEASURES OF LENGTH

59[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

Rule
36.
37.

Permissible errors for measures of length.
Mode of stamping.

38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.

Material for making liquid measures of capacity.
Types and denominations.
Shape and dimensions.
Dispensing measures.
False bottoms prohibited.
Mode of defining capacity.
Metal measures not to be subdivided.
Subdivided glass measures.
Temperature compensators.
Denomination.
Testing.
Permissible errors for liquid measures of capacity.
Stamping.

51.
52.
53.
54.
55.

Material for construction of dry measures of capacity.
Mode of construction.
Testing.
Permissible errors for dry measures of capacity.
Stamping.

56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.

Capacity marking, material and mode of construction.
Graduations.
Width of scale, division.
Weight value of scale division.
Numbering of graduations.
Height of digits.
Weighing instruments with ticket printing mechanisms.
Analogue instruments to have indicators.
Indicator construction.
Provisions relating to revolutionary dials or indicators.
Sliding poise.
Damping devices.
Locking devices.
Weighing instruments for use in special transactions.
Pre-requisites to testing.
Maximum safe load test.
Equilibrium and repeatability tests.
Test for error.
Tests for sensitivity, instability and discrimination.

PART IV – MEASURES OF CAPACITY

PART V – DRY MEASURES OF CAPACITY

PART VI – WEIGHING INSTRUMENTS (GENERAL)[Issue 1]60

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

Rule
75.
76.

Instruments with price computing or printing mechanism.
Instruments fitted with multiple indicators and printers.

77.
78.
79.
80.
81.

Definition and classification.
Balancing arrangements.
Sensitivity tests.
Tests for error.
Stamping.

82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.

Definition.
Prohibition of certain types.
Construction.
Balancing device.
Minimum fall.
Self or semi-self indicating counter machines.
Additional tests.
Permissible errors.
Stamping.

91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.

Definition.
Scale division.
Zero setting device.
Additional tests.
Maximum permissible errors.
Stamping.

97.
98.
99.
100.
101.
102.
103.
104.

Application.
Prohibited steelyards.
Particulars of steelyards.
Graduation of steelyards.
Balancing device.
Testing.
Errors.
Stamping.

105.
106.
107.
108.
109.
110.
111.

Definition.
Strength of foundations, levers and supports.
Construction.
Travel of steelyard.
Movable hutches and counterpoise.
Zero setting device and gravity ball.
Self indicating platform machines and weighbridges.

PART VII – BEAM-SCALESPART VIII – COUNTER MACHINESPART IX – SPRING BALANCESPART X – STEELYARDSPART XI – PLATFORM MACHINES AND WEIGHBRIDGES

61[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

Rule
112.
113.
114.
115.

Total capacity of tare bars of platform or machines or weighbridges with tar or
weighing bars.
Mode of testing.
Overhead weighing machines.
Permissible errors and sensitivity.

116.
117.
118.
119.
120.
121.
122.

Stamping.
Construction.
Definition.
Range of balancing arrangement and twisting of load hook.
Testing.
Permissible errors and sensitivity.
Stamping.

123.
124.
125.
126.
127.
128.
129.

Definition.
Construction.
Beams to be identified with the instrument.
Machine for weighing pre-determined loads.
Testing.
Maximum permissible errors.
Stamping.

130.
131.
132.
133.
134.

Definition.
Construction.
Testing.
Errors.
Stamping.

135.
136.
137.

Definition and types.
Testing.
Stamping.

PART XII – CRANE WEIGHING MACHINESPART XIII – AUTOMATIC WEIGHING MACHINESPART XIV – BELT CONVEYOR WEIGHING MACHINESPART XV – EGG-GRADING MACHINESPART XVI – PERSON WEIGHING MACHINES
138.
139.
140.
141.
142.
143.
144.
145.
146.
147.

Definition.
Marking.
Construction.
Graduation and weight increment.
Ticket printing devices.
Announcement of weight.
Coin operated person weighers.
Testing.
Maximum permissible errors.
Stamping.

[Issue 1]62[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]PART XVII – DISPENSING PUMPS
Rule
148.
149.
150.
151.
152.
153.
154.
155.
156.
157.
158.
159.
160.
161.
162.
163.
164.
165.
166.
167.
168.
169.
170.
171.
172.
173.

Definition.
Construction.
Installation.
Dispensing pumps to have inter-lock and zero setting mechanism.
Calibration device.
Certificate of notice of approval number.
Marking of grade of product.
Manner of marking the quantity.
Price indication.
Markings to be conspicuous, legible and on contrasting background.
Individual sales indicator.
Quantity indicators.
Graduations.
Numbering.
Discharge indicators.
Swing arm and drainage of hose.
Length of hose.
Mode of testing.
Pre-requisites to testing.
Correct delivery within maximum and minimum flowrates.
Price computing instruments.
Inspector to be provided with the liquid for testing.
Power of inspector to break seals.
Authorization of persons who erect, repair or adjust dispensing pumps.
Maximum permissible errors.
Stamping.

174.
175.
176.
177.
178.
179.
180.
181.
182.
183.
184.
185.
186.
187.
188.
189.

Definition.
Construction and installation.
Safety device and temperature monitor.
Calibration device.
Marking.
Quantity indication.
Manner of marking quantity.
Graduations.
Numbering.
Testing.
Pre-requisites to testing.
Instrument to deliver correctly within minimum and maximum flowrates.
Inspector to be provided with the liquid for testing.
Authorization of persons who erect, repair or adjust bulk meters.
Maximum permissible errors.
Sealing and stamping.

PART XVIII – BULK METERS

63[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]PART XIX – SPIRIT MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
Rule
190.
191.
192.
193.
194.
195.
196.
197.
198.
199.
200.

Definition.
Permissible retail quantities of spirits.
Sight glasses.
Instrument not to trap liquid.
Counting device.
Individual sales indicators to be readily reset to zero.
Capacities permitted.
Testing.
Test liquid to be provided to the inspector.
Maximum permissible errors.
Stamping.

201.
202.
203.
204.
205.
206.
207.
208.

Definition.
Construction.
Indications to be conspicuous.
Legend.
Individual sales indicators.
Testing.
Permissible errors.
Sealing of adjustable parts and stamping.

209.
210.
211.
212.
213.
214.

Definition.
Examination.
Position of indicator.
Test with standard templets.
Permissible errors.
Stamping.

215.
216.
217.
218.
219.
220.
221.
222.
223.
224.
225.
226.
227.

Definition.
Materials.
Capacity and marking.
General construction.
Displacement boxes.
Calibration dome.
Liquid level indicators.
Discharge valves.
Discharge lines.
Calibration.
Sealing and stamping.
Stamping or measures mounted on vehicles.
Calibration certificate.

PART XX – FABRIC MEASURING INSTRUMENTS

PART XXI – LEATHER MEASURING INSTRUMENTS

PART XXII – BULK MEASURES[Issue 1]64[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]PART XXIII – INSPECTION
Rule
228.
229.
230.

Annual inspections.
Requirements of Rules may be dispensed with.
Obstruction of Inspector.

PART XXIV – SPECIAL RULES REGULATING WEIGHTS, MEASURES AND
INSTRUMENTS USED BY GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND LOCALAUTHORITIES
231.
232.
233.
234.
235.
236.
237.

Application.
Use of legal standards.
Annual examination.
Rejected weights, measures and instruments.
Submission to Inspector.
Application of general rules.
Powers of entry.

238.
239.
240.
241.
242.
243.

Stamping and rejection fees.
Fees for approval of patterns.
Adjusting and miscellaneous fees.
Travelling expenses and the cost of cartage, carriage and lifting of standards.
Receipts for fees.
Verification book.

PART XXV – FEES

PART XXVI – RULES FOR REGISTRATION AND LICENSING OF
MANUFACTURERS, REPAIRERS AND SELLERS OF WEIGHTS, MEASURES,WEIGHING AND MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
244. All manufacturers and sellers to be registered.
245 – Deleted
248
249. All manufacturers and repairers to submit, manufactured and repaired instrumentsfor verification.
250. Manufacturers and repairers to maintain registers.
251. Certificate of Service to be issued.
252. All test weights and standards to be verified.
253. Offences.

SCHEDULESFIRST SCHEDULE–PERMISSIBLE ABBREVIATIONSSECOND SCHEDULE–CYLINDRICAL WEIGHTSTHIRD SCHEDULE–

RECTANGULAR WEIGHTFOURTH SCHEDULE–HEXAGONAL WEIGHTFIFTH SCHEDULE–

SHAPE AND NOMINALCYLINDRICAL MEASURESDIMENSIONSOFSIXTH SCHEDULE–

SHAPE AND NOMINALCONICAL MEASURESDIMENSIONS

OF

65[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

SEVENTH SCHEDULE–

SHAPE AND NOMINALLIQUOR MEASURESEIGHTH SCHEDULE–

SHAPES OF DISPENSING MEASURESNINTH SCHEDULE

–

TESTS

TENTH SCHEDULE

–

FORM

ELEVENTH SCHEDULE

–

FEES

TWELFTH SCHEDULE–

CERTIFICATE OF VERIFICATION

THIRTEENTH SCHEDULE[Issue 1]

66

DIMENSIONSOF

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES RULES, 1991
[L.N. 229/1993, Corr. No. 32/1994, L.N. 56/1996, LN 107/1999, L.N. 30/2005, L.N. 129/2007,
L.N. 184/2010.]

PART I – PRELIMINARY
1. Citation and application(1) These Rules may be cited as the Weights and Measures Rules.
(2) These Rules shall not, so far as they relate to material, apply to weights,
measures, weighing or measuring instruments used in the manufacture of explosives.
[L.N. 56/1996, s. 3.]

2. Interpretation
In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires—“absolute maximum permissible error” means the value of the maximum
permissible error without regard to sign;“analogue indicator” means an indicator on which the value of the physicalquantity measured is indicated by an indicator and a graduated scale one of which isfixed and the position of the other is a continuous function of the magnitude of thephysical quantity being determined;“capacity”, in relation to a weighing instrument (other than a belt conveyor
weigher or an egg grading machine), means the maximum load, excluding the additive
tare capacity, which the instrument is constructed to weigh as marked or indicated on
the instrument in accordance with the Act or these Rules;“composite measure” means a measure of length where one of its principal
graduations is an end surface or edge and the other is a line, hole or mark;“correct”, in relation to an instrument, means correct within the maximum
permissible error specified for the instrument in these Rules;“dial” includes a dial carrying a linear fan chart or circular scale;“digital indicator” means an indicator on which the value of a physical quantity isrepresented by a series of aligned digits which change abruptly such that no
indications can be obtained between digits;“dispensing measure” means any measure designed and intended for use inpharmaceutical dispensing;“end measure” means a measure of length whose principal graduations are two
end surfaces or edges of the measure;“graduation” means lines or notches the distance between which determines thescale division on analogue scales; and numbers on digital scales shall be considered
as graduations;“instrument” means weighing or measuring instrument;“licensee” means a person who possesses a valid licence under these Rules;“maximum permissible error” means the extreme values of an error as specified
in these Rules for weights, measures, weighing and measuring instruments;“maximum safe load” means the maximum static load which can be carried by
the instrument without the instrument altering its metrological qualities;

67[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]“minimum capacity”, in relation to a weighing instrument, means the value of theload below which the weighing results are subject to excessive relative errors;“partial totalization indicating device” means the device indicating the weight of
the loads conveyed by the belt over a limited period of time;“principal graduations” means two graduations the distance between which
represents the nominal length of a measure of length;“reading distance” means the shortest distance at which an observer is able tofreely approach the indicating device on an instrument in order to take a reading undernormal conditions of use; and the approach shall be considered to be free if there is aclear space of at least 0.8m. in front of the indicating device;“rejected”, in relation to a weight, measure or instrument, means examined orverified by an inspector and found not to comply with the requirements of the Act or ofthese Rules;“repaired”, in relation to a weight, measure or instrument, means that the weight,
measure or instrument since it was last stamped has had some adjustment, other thanbalancing in the case of a weighing instrument, made to it;“repairer” means a person licensed to engage in the repair or overhauling of
weights, measure or instruments;“rounding error” means the difference between the digital indication or printing
and the indication the instrument would give with analogue indication or printing;“scale division” means the smallest subdivision of the scale in the case ofcontinuous (analogue) indication, or the difference between two consecutive indicatedor printed values in the case of discontinuous (digital) indication or printing;“stamping station” means any place appointed under section 27 of the Act;
“test indicator”, in relation to a belt conveyor weigher, means an indicating device
with a scale division smaller than that of the totalization indicating device and intended
for the testing of the belt weigher;“to repair”, includes making any adjustment to any weight, measure or instrument
other than the adjustment of the balance arrangement which is required under theseRules in respect of specified types of weighing instruments;“totalization indicating device”, in relation to a belt conveyor weigher, means adevice for indicating the overall total weights of all loads conveyed by the belt.
3. Weights, measures and instruments to be clean
Weights, measures and instruments shall be submitted for testing and tested in aclean condition, and if necessary the inspector may call upon the owner or user to cleanthem.
4. Denomination
The denomination of a weight or measure or the capacity of an instrument, if notmarked in full, shall be indicated only by one of the abbreviations specified in the First
Schedule.
5. Examination on premises
Weights, measures and instruments may be examined on the premises of a repairer ordealer:
Provided that the actual traveling expenses of the inspector and the cost oftransport of standards shall be paid by the repairer or dealer.

[Issue 1]

68[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

6. Duties of person submitting weights, measures or instruments
The inspector may require any person submitting any weight, measure or instrumentfor verification—(a)to take it sufficiently apart to enable him to examine the working parts; and(b)to provide sufficient labour for the proper and expeditious handling of thestandards or any material which is to be used in the testing of any suchweight, measure or instrument.

7. Weights, measures and instruments not to be admitted for verification
The inspector shall not admit for verification—(a)any weight, measure or instrument which—(i) is not of a pattern approved by the Director, or which is not complete
in itself;(ii) bears any mark which might be mistaken for a stamp of verification or
guarantee of accuracy;(iii) is not sufficiently strong to withstand the ordinary wear and tear ofuse in trade;(iv) is not properly constructed, or of which in his opinion, the material ormode of construction appears likely to facilitate the commission of
fraud:
Provided that an inspector acting pursuant to this rule shall forthwith
report the matter to the Director for a final decision;(b)

any weighing instrument which has—(i) a broken scoop, pan or plate; or(ii) a China plate which is chipped, cracked or porous to such an extent
that it has become readily absorbent; or(iii) counterpoise weights representing a greater or less weight than themarked capacity of the instrument; or(iv) removable parts, the removal of which would affect the accuracy of
the instrument unless the parts are such that the instrument cannot
be used without them; or(v) reversible or interchangeable parts, the reversal or interchange of
which would affect the accuracy of the instrument, unless such parts
are clearly and indelibly marked to indicate their positions;(c)double capacity measures;(d)micrometer scales unless of a pattern approved by the Director;(e)

Swan-neck beam-scales of a capacity less than 100 kg.

8. Name, trade-mark and serial number to be marked
Every weighing or measuring instrument shall have—(a)the name or trademark of the manufacturer or supplier; and(b)

an identifying serial number legibly and indelibly marked on a conspicuouspart of the instrument:
Provided that paragraph (b) shall not apply to instruments stamped prior to thecoming into operation of these Rules.
9. Provision for reception of stamp of verification
No measure or instrument shall be verified unless it has a suitable provision for the
reception of a stamp of verification:

69[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

Provided that this rule shall not apply to—(a)linear measures;(b)capacity measures made of glass, enamelled metal, plastic, vulcanite orother similar material;(c)
dry capacity measures made of material other than metal; and(d)beam-scales, where the delicate construction of the beam might be affectedby the insertion of a plug.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

10. Testing procedure(1) Before stamping any weight, measure or instrument, the inspector shall ascertainthat it complies with the requirements of the Act and of these Rules.
(2) A new or repaired weight, measure or instrument shall be verified in the mannerprescribed for the class to which it belongs.
(3) A stamped weight, measure or instrument presented for re-verification may be
dealt with as on inspection but the inspector need not, if he does not consider it
necessary, test a glass measure unless the original stamp has been defaced:
Provided that on such re-verification, the limits of error shall be the same as on
verification.
11. Testing “in situ”
Every instrument which is permanently fixed in the position in which it is to be used, shallbe verified and stamped only when completely erected and installed at the place of use.
12. Design of stamp of verification(1) The inspector shall stamp all weights, measures and instruments which comply
with the requirements of the Act and of these Rules with a stamp of the following uniform
design—(2) There shall be incorporated in this design a number to assist in the identification of
the inspector who has used the stamp.
[L.N. 30/2005.]

13. Date marks
The following letters shall indicate the months allocated to them and, wherever
possible, the letters shall be stamped in addition to the stamp of verification—
A—January
D—April
G—JulyJ—October

B—February
E—May
H—August
K—November

C—MarchF—JuneI—September
L—December

14. Year of stamping
Wherever possible the year of stamping shall be indicated by stamping the last two
figures of the year; thus the year 1988 shall be shown as 88:
Provided that from 1996 the year of stamping shall be indicated in full.
[L.N. 56/1996, s. 4.][Issue 1]70[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

15. Certificate of verification
A certificate of verification issued in respect of any weight, measure or instrument
which cannot be stamped by reason of its delicate construction or of its size, shall be
regarded as proof of verification or re-verification of that weight, measure or instrument
and shall remain valid for the period specified therein.
16. Obliteration(1) The stamp of verification on a weight, measure or instrument shall be obliterated
only by means of punches or pincers of the following six-pointed star design:(2) Upon such obliteration, the weight, measure or instrument shall for all the
purposes of the Act and of these Rules be deemed to be unstamped.
(3) Where an instrument is stamped or sealed in more than one place, the obliterationof any one stamp or the breaking of any one seal or sealing device shall render the
instrument unstamped.
17. Inspector to obliterate stamp on certain weights, measures or instruments(1) The inspector shall obliterate the stamp on any weight, measure or instrument
which does not comply with any relevant requirement of these Rules, or whose error falls
outside the limits of error specified in these Rules:
Provided that the inspector shall not obliterate the stamp on any weight, measure or
instrument which satisfies the requirements of the rules in force prior to the coming into
operation of these Rules, if the error in such weight, measure or instrument falls within thelimits of error specified in these Rules.
(2) Where a weight, measure or instrument does not comply fully with therequirements of these Rules, but the nature or degree of the non-compliance is not in theopinion of the inspector such as to require the immediate obliteration of the stamp or
breaking of the seal or seals, he shall leave with the trader a notice calling upon him tohave the weight, measure or instrument corrected within a stated period not exceeding
twenty-eight days, and he shall obliterate the stamp or break the seal or seals if thecorrection has not been effected within that period.
18. Sealing to prevent use of instrument pending repair
Where any weighing or measuring instrument is found upon inspection or reverification not to comply with the requirements of these Rules and the degree of noncompliance is, in the inspector’s opinion, of a serious nature the inspector may seal the
instrument in such a manner as to prevent further use of instrument until it is repaired andre-stamped.
19. Offence, to seal, or to mutilate stamp of verification
Any person who, unless authorized by an inspector—(a)breaks any seal or sealing device on any instrument;(b)obliterates or mutilates any stamp of verification; or(c)seals or re-seals or attempts to seal or re-seal any instrument, shall be
guilty of an offence.

71[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]PART II – WEIGHTS
20. Material of construction(1) A weight shall—(a)

if of the flat or wire type be made of gold, platinum or aluminium or of analloy comprising any combination of these metals or of a metal of density of
not less than 7 or more than 9.5 grams per cubic centimetre and of ahardness at least equal to that of cast brass; and(b)

if of any other type, be made of a metal of such a density and hardness as
aforesaid.

(2) A rectangular or hexagonal weight shall be admitted for verification only if made ofgrey cast iron.
(3) No weight of nominal value of less than 100 grams shall be admitted forverification if made of grey cast iron.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

21. Prevention of corrosion
Weights made of iron shall be blacked or black leaded or oxidized or protected bygalvanization or by any other process approved by the Director.
22. Surface to be free from flaws
The surface area of every weight shall be smooth and free from flaws.
23. Cylindrical weights(1) Every cylindrical weight of 5 C.M. or more, or of not less than 1 gram nor morethan 10 kilograms shall conform to the specifications contained in the Second Schedulecylindrical weights.
(2) Every weight of 0.5 C.M. or more but not exceeding 2 C.M. or less than 1 gram but
not less than 10 milligrams shall be of the flat type.
(3) Every weight of 0.2 C.M. or less or of 5 milligrams or less shall be of the wire type.
24. Specifications for rectangular and hexagonal weights(1) Every rectangular weight shall be of a type known as model 1 or model 2 and shallconform to the specifications appropriate thereto contained in the Third Schedule.
(2) Every hexagonal weight shall conform to the specifications contained in the Fourth
Schedule.
25. Adjusting holes(1) Every weight of 20 grams or more shall have one adjusting hole.
(2) A weight of 10 grams or less shall not have any adjusting hole.
(3) Every adjusting hole shall conform to the specifications (appropriate to the type
and purported mass of weight of which it forms part) contained in the Second, Third or
Fourth Schedule.
(4) Adjustment to any weight shall be made only on an adjusting hole by the addition
or removal of lead or some other material approved by the Director.
(5) Every adjusting hole in cylindrical weights shall be closed by a disc made of brass,steel or any other suitable material or by a screw-threaded plug of drawn brass, capable ineach case of easy removal:[Issue 1]72

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

Provided that—(a)the adjusting hole in the case of a rectangular weight of the type known as
model 2 shall be closed by a brass or steel plate of the thickness specified
in the Third Schedule; andthe adjusting hole, in the case of hexagonal weights shall conform tospecifications as contained in the Fourth Schedule.

(b)(6) Every disc or plug shall be effectively sealed by a lead pellet covering but not
protruding from the adjusting hole.
(7) New weights of 1 gram or more not conforming to one of the specifications laid
down in the Schedules shall not be accepted for verification and stamping.
26. Denomination(1) Every weight (except where the smallness of its size renders it impracticable) shallbe marked with a durable and legible indication of its purported mass on its upper-mostsurface, either in full or by use of the permissible abbreviations:
Provided that on a weight of not less than 500 grams nor more than 10 kilograms
such indications may be marked on one of the sides.
(2) Every such weight shall indicate one of the following denominations, namely 1 g.,
2 g., 5 g., 10 g., 20 g., 50 g., 100 g., 200 g., 500 g., 1 kg., 2 kg., 5 kg., 10 kg., 20 kg., or 50kg.
(3) No weight shall bear any mark other than the mark indicating its purported mass,
the name or device of the person responsible for its manufacture and the stamp of aninspector.
(4) Where a weight is marked with the name or trade mark of the person responsiblefor its manufacture the height of the lettering or of the mark shall not exceed half theheight of the figures indicating its purported mass.
27. Testing
A weight shall be tested by comparison with an appropriate working or secondaryreference standard weight by the method of substitution, or by direct comparison, on abalance or beam-scale which has been tested in accordance with the relevant provisionsof the Weights and Measures (Working Standards and Testing Equipment) Rules:
Provided that any balance or beam-scale used for testing weights shall not have an
absolute error greater than one-fifth of the relevant amount specified in column 2 of Table
1 as the maximum permissible error for the weight being tested.
28. Permissible errors on verification, inspection or re-verification
The errors permissible on verification and on inspection or re-verification of weights
shall be those specified in Table 1 below—

TABLE 1
Purported Mass

Maximum Permitted Errors in Milligrams
On Verification

On Inspection

2

3

1
50 kg.

+ 8,000± 8,000

20 kg.

+ 3,200± 3,200

10 kg.

+ 1,600± 1,600

5 kg.

+ 800

± 800

73

[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]
Purported Mass

Maximum Permitted Errors in Milligrams
On Verification

On Inspection

2

3

1
2 kg.

+ 400

± 400

1 kg.

+ 200

± 200

500 g.

+ 100

± 100

200 g.

+ 50± 50

100 g.

+ 30

± 30

50 g.

+ 30

± 30

20 g.

+ 20

± 20

10 g.

+ 20

± 20

5 g.

+ 10

± 10

2 g.

+ 5

± 5

1 g.

+ 5

± 5

+ 2

± 2

20 mg.

+ 1± 1

10 mg.

+ 0.5

± 0.5

5 mg.

+ 0.2

± 0.2

2 mg.

+ 0.2

± 0.2

1 mg.

+ 0.2

± 0.2

500 CM.

+ 5± 5

500 mg.
200 mg.
100 mg.
50 mg.

200 CM.

+ 5± 5

100 CM.

+ 2± 2

50 CM.

+ 2

± 2

+ 1

± 1

+ 0.5

± 0.5

+ 0.2

± 0.2

20 CM.
10 CM.
5 CM
2 CM
1 CM.
0.5 CM.
0.25 CM.
0.2 CM.
0.1 CM.
0.05 CM.
0.02 CM.
0.01 CM0.005 CM.

[Issue 1]74

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

29. Mode of stamping
The stamp of verification shall be applied (except where the smallness of the weight
renders it impracticable) to the lead in the adjusting hole, or plate as the case may be:
Provided that a weight of purported mass of 10 grams or less shall be stamped on
the under surface.

PART III – MEASURES OF LENGTH
30. Material of construction of measures of length(1) Measures of length shall be made of steel, brass, woven tape, hard wood, or suchother material as shall be approved by the Director.
(2) Where an end measure or composite measure is made of wood or other materialof durability equal to or less than that of wood, the terminal surfaces shall have metal tips
which shall be securely fixed to the measure.
(3) The terminal surfaces of end measures and composite measures shall be flat andperpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the measure.
31. Mode of construction(1) Rigid or semi-rigid measures of length shall be straight and free from flaws.
(2) Tape measures shall be made in such a way that when the tape is stretched out
on a flat surface, its edges are straight and parallel.
32. Winding device(1) Every tape measure of nominal length exceeding 5 meters shall be provided with awinding device.
(2) The winding device shall be such that—(a)when the tape is withdrawn to any length up to its limit it shall be held at thelength withdrawn and shall be capable of being easily re-wound; and(b)

it does not cause any permanent deformation of the tape.

(3) The handle of the winding device shall be suitable for winding the tape on the reeland shall revolve freely without any side play or stiffness, the winding drum of the reelbeing provided with a friction device suitable for preventing spin of the drum and to reducethe backlash of the tape to a minimum.
(4) A ring, handle or other suitable device shall be fitted at the zero end of themeasure and, in the case of steel tape measures, such a ring or other device shall befastened to the measure by a metal strip of the same width as that of the tape.
33. Marking of denomination tractive, force, and manufacturer’s name or trade
mark(1) Every measure of length shall be conspicuously, legibly and durably marked (inthe case of tape measures, near the beginning of the measure) with—(a)

its nominal length on each graduated side;(b)

its tractive force, if it is a tape measure of a nominal length exceeding
5 meters; and(c)the name or trade mark of the manufacturer of the measure:

Provided that in the case of tape measures, the name or trade mark shall bemarked on both the winding device of the measure and the measure itself.

75[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](2) The numerals and letters indicating the nominal length of the measure shall betwice the size of the letters indicating the manufacturer’s name or trade mark.
(3) Measures of length may be marked with the reference temperature.
[L.N. 56/1996, s. 5.]

34. Graduations(1) Where a measure of length is graduated, the graduations shall be clear anddurable.
(2) Measures may be graduated at—(a)every millimetre; or(b)every five millimetres; or(c)every ten millimetres:
Provided that in the case of measures graduated at every five millimetres or every
ten millimetres, at least the first ten centimetres shall be divided in millimetres.
(3) The length of the graduation marks shall be—(a)

one-third of the breadth of the measure for those indicating millimetre
divisions;(b)

one-half of the breadth of the measure, for those indicating five millimetre
divisions;(c)two-thirds of the breadth of the measure for those indicating ten millimetre
divisions; and(d)full breadth of the measure for those indicating ten centimetre divisions.

(4) Graduation marks at every centimetre shall be numbered and in the case of tapemeasures, every ten centimetres after the graduation mark relating to one metre shall bemarked with an additional numeral, followed by the symbol “m” indicating a complete
metre or metres.
35. Testing(1) Every measure of length shall be verified by comparison with a standard at thenormal ambient temperature.
(2) The measure shall, while being verified, be supported throughout its length on aflat surface.
(3) Where a tape measure is marked with a tractive force is shall be tested whensubjected to that force and a change of plus or minus 10 per cent of the tractive force shallnot cause a variation in length exceeding the maximum permissible errors.
(4) Where a tape measure is not marked with a tractive force, it shall be tested whensubjected to the following tractive force—(a) Metallic measures ....................................................................................... 50 Newtons(b) Non-metallic measures ............................................................................... 10 Newtons(5) Where a measure is marked with a reference temperature, a change of not morethan 8° celsius above or below the reference temperature shall not cause a variation inlength exceeding the maximum permissible errors.
36. Permissible errors for measures of length(1) The maximum permissible errors on verification of measures of length shall be 0.6
millimetre plus 0.4 millimetre per metre (rounded up to the next whole metre) of thenominal length.

[Issue 1]76[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](2) The maximum permissible errors on re-verification and inspection of measures oflength shall be 1.2 millimetres plus 0.8 millimetres per metre (rounded up to the next
whole metre) of the nominal length.
37. Mode of stamping(1) Measures of length shall be stamped near one end or in the case of graduatedmeasures, near the commencement of the scale on each graduated side.
(2) In the case of tape measures, the stamp of verification shall be placed on a metal
plug, disc or label permanently secured to the measure.

PART IV – MEASURES OF CAPACITY
38. Material for making liquid measures of capacity(1) Liquid measures of capacity shall be made of glass, aluminium alloys, tin or tin
alloys, copper or copper alloys, brass, nickel alloys, enamelled metal, plated, tinned orgalvanized iron or steel, stainless steel or such other material as shall be approved by the
Director:
Provided that liquid measures made of brass, bronze or copper shall be well tinned
all over the inside.
(2) The glass used in the manufacture of liquid measures of capacity shall be clear,well annealed and free from any cracks, chippings, blisters and other defects.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

39. Types and denominations(1) Metal measures of capacity shall be of the following types and denominations—(a)cylindrical measures—(i)

dipping type—1 litre, 500ml., 200 ml., 100 ml., 50 ml. and 20 ml;(ii)

pouring type—2 litres, 1 litre, 500 ml., 200 ml., 100 ml., 50 ml. and
20 ml;(b)conical measures—20 litres, 10 litres, 5 litres, 2 litres, 1 litre, 500 ml.,
200 ml. and 100 ml;(c)liquor measures—100 ml., 60 ml. and 30ml.

(2) Glass measures of capacity shall be of the following types and denominations—(a)dispensing measures—(i)

conical type—200 ml., 100 ml., 50 ml., 20 ml., 10 ml. and 5 ml;(ii)

beaker type—500 ml. and 100 ml;(b)liquor measures—100 ml., 60 ml. and 30 ml;(c)beer measures—500 ml., 300 ml., 200 ml. and 100 ml.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

40. Shape and dimensions(1) The shapes and dimensions of metal measures of capacity (other than liquor
measures) shall be—(a)in the case of dipping and pouring types, as shown in Figures 1 and 2 andTable 1 of the Fifth Schedule;(b)in the case of conical measures, as shown in Figure 3 and Table 2 of the
Sixth Schedule.

77[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](2) Liquor measures shall be of the shape and dimensions shown in Figure 4 of theSeventh Schedule and shall have a wall of thickness of not less than 1.2 mm.
41. Dispensing measures(1) A dispensing measure shall be—(a)of cylindrical or conical shape as shown in Figures 5 and 6 respectively of
the Eighth Schedule;(b)constructed such that when empty, it shall not topple when placed on aplane inclined at an angle of 15° from the horizontal;(c)provided with a pouring lip.

(2) The volume above the highest graduation line on dispensing measures shall be—(a)in the case of cylindrical measures, not less than twenty-five per cent of themarked capacity of the measure; and(b)in the case of conical measures not less than fifty per cent or more thanseventy-five per cent of the marked capacity of the measure.

(3) The external surface of conical dispensing measures shall be an inverted cone
having an included angle as follows—(a)for measures of 5, 10 and 20 millilitres, not less than 8° or more than 14°;(b)

for measures of more than 20 millilitres, not less than 13° or more than 14°.
[Corr. 32/1994.]

42. False bottoms prohibited
No liquid measure of capacity shall be permitted if—(a)it has a false bottom; or(b)

it does not completely empty when tilted to an angle of 120° from thevertical.

43. Mode of defining capacity(1) The capacity of a glass liquid measure shall be defined by its internal volume
limited either—(a)by the brim of the measure; or(b)

by a line of at least 50 mm. in length and at a distance of not less than
10 mm. nor more than 40 mm. from the brim of the measure:
Provided that in the case of measures of 100 ml. or less or measures used
for the sale of beer or other frothy drinks, the line defining the capacity shallgo right round the measure:
Provided also that the distance from the brim of the measure to the line
defining the capacity shall not be less than—(i)

5 mm., in the case of measures of 50 ml. or less; and(ii)

20 mm., in the case of measures used for the sale of beer or otherfrothy drinks.

(2) The capacity of a metal liquid measure shall be defined by its internal volume
limited either—(a)[Issue 1]by the brim of the measure; or78

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](b)by an indelible line marked on the inside of the measure so that the distanceof the bottom of the line from the brim does not exceed 10 mm. on
measures of one litre and under, or 20 mm. on measures of higher capacity:
Provided that in the case of a metal measure fitted with a lip or retaining edge thecapacity shall be defined by the bottom of the lip or retaining edge.
[L.N. 56/1996, s. 6.]

44. Metal measures not to be subdivided
Metal measures of capacity shall not be subdivided.
45. Subdivided glass measures(1) The graduations on glass liquid measures shall be marked in sharply incised lines
and shall be of uniform thickness and in the case of dispensing measures the thickness ofthe graduation lines shall not exceed 0.3 mm.
(2) For subdivided glass liquid measures of 5 litres or less other than dispensing
measures, the subdivisions shall be defined by lines of at least 25 mm. in length.
(3) In the case of dispensing measures, the lines defining the subdivisions shall be—(a)on the right hand side of, and at right angles to, a vertical line extending
above the top graduation line and below the bottom graduation line;(b)

not less than 2 mm. apart; and(c)of the following minimum lengths—
Graduation Line Relating to

Minimum Length of Line

5 millilitres
10 millilitres
20 millilitres

7.5 mm.
10.0 mm.
12.5 mm.

50 millilitres
100 millilitres
200, 500 and 1,000 millilitres

15.0 mm.
17.5 mm.
20.0 mm.

(4) Numbered subdivisions shall have longer lines than the unnumbered subdivisions.
(5) Each numeral of the numbered subdivisions shall be engraved or etched at theend of the line to which it relates and shall be in such a position that it would be bisectedby a prolongation of that line.
[L.N. 56/1996, s. 7.]

46. Temperature compensators(1) Where a liquid measure of capacity is provided with a temperature compensator, agraduated scale shall be fitted indicating “plus” and “minus” on either side of zero.
(2) A suitable thermometer and hydrometer shall be always available to enable theoperator to adjust the compensator when necessary.
47. Denomination(1) Every liquid measure of capacity shall have its denomination and the
manufacturer’s name, or trade mark, permanently and legibly marked on the outside of thehandle or bottom rim or edge.
(2) The size of the numerals and letters indicating the denomination shall be twice thesize of the letters indicating the manufacturer’s name or trade mark.

79[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](3) On a glass liquid measure in which the capacity is defined by a line, thedenomination shall be plainly marked at the line.
48. Testing(1) Every liquid measure of capacity shall be tested at the normal ambient
temperature by filling the appropriate secondary reference standard or working standard
with water and emptying the contents into the measure under test.
(2) Where the capacity is defined by a line, the measure shall be tested to the bottomof the line and, in the case of measures made of glass the level of the water shall be taken
at the bottom of the meniscus.
(3) A liquid measure provided with a lip or retaining edge shall be tested to the bottomof the lip or retaining edge.
49. Permissible errors for liquid measures of capacity(1) The maximum permissible errors on the verification of liquid measures of capacity,
other than dispensing measures shall be as follows—
Purported Value

Error in Excess Only

20 litres
10 litres
5 litres
2 litres
1 litres
500 ml.
300 ml.
200 ml.
100 ml.
60 ml.
50 ml.
30 ml.
20 ml.
10 ml.
5 ml.
2 ml.
1 ml.

100 ml.
75 ml.
50 ml.
25 ml.
15 ml.
10 ml.
5 ml.
5 ml.
2.5 ml.
2.0 ml.
2.0 ml.
1.5 ml.
1.0 ml.
0.5 ml.
0.25 ml.
0.1 ml.
0.05 ml.

(2) In the case of subdivided measures, the error at any graduation shall not exceedthat specified for a measure of equivalent purported value.
(3) The maximum permissible errors on the verification of dispensing measures shallbe as follows—
Appropriate Internal Diameter of Measure inMillimetres at the Graduation Tested

Error in Excess or in Deficiency

100 mm.
90 mm.
80 mm.
70 mm.
60 mm.
50 mm.

1.0 millilitre
1.0 millilitre
0.8 millilitre
0.8 millilitre
0.6 millilitre
0.6 millilitre[Issue 1]80

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

Appropriate Internal Diameter of Measure inMillimetres at the Graduation Tested

Error in Excess or in Deficiency

40 mm.
30 mm.
20 mm.
10 mm.

0.4 millilitre
0.3 millilitre
0.15 millilitre
0.05 millilitre(4) In the case of graduated measures of glass in the form of burettes, one-half theabove amount of error shall be allowed.
(5) The maximum permissible errors on re-verification or inspection of liquid measuresof capacity, other than glass measures, shall be twice the errors on verification in excess
or half in deficiency.
50. Stamping
The stamp of verification shall be placed—(a)in the case of measures made of glass or enamelled metal, near thedenomination;(b)in the case of metal measures (other than enamelled metal measures)
which are provided with a lip or retaining edge, on the bottom of the insideof the lip or retaining edge;(c)in the case of metal measures which are not provided with a lip or retainingedge, near the denomination;(d)in the case of measures other than those specified in the preceding
paragraphs of this rule, on a plug or stud of soft metal provided for suchuse.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

PART V – DRY MEASURES OF CAPACITY
51. Material for construction of dry measures of capacity
Dry measures of capacity shall be made of sheet iron or steel (with or without nickel
plating), brass, bronze, copper, nickel, aluminium alloys, tin plate, galvanized iron or suchother material as shall be approved by the Director.
52. Mode of construction(1) Dry measures of capacity shall be of cylindrical shape and the mean internal
diameter shall not differ from the mean internal depth by more than five per cent.
(2) Dry capacity measures shall be provided with strengthening bands of suitablematerial placed around the rim thereof, and the denomination shall be marked on suchband.
(3) Dry capacity measures of 5 litres and above shall be provided with two straps ofsuitable material extending from the rim and crossing the bottom approximately at rightangles, such strap being securely riveted to the body of the measure at not less than five
points and one of the points being at the bottom crossing:
Provided that the provisions of this rule shall not apply to measures made of sheetiron of gauge 14 or other similarly strong material.
(4) Dry measures of capacity made of galvanized iron shall be of double folded
seams.

81[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](5) Dry measures of capacity shall be entirely free from corrugations.
[L.N. 56/1996, s. 8.]

53. Testing
Dry measures of capacity shall be tested either—(a)by transferring water at ambient temperature from an appropriate working
standard to the measure under test; or(b)

by measuring the internal diameter and height of the measure under test
and then calculating its volume from the dimensions so obtained.

54. Permissible errors for dry measures of capacity(1) The maximum permissible errors on verification of dry measures of capacity shallbe as follows—
Denomination

Error in Excess Only

20 litres
10 litres
5 litres
2 litres
1 litres
500 millilitres
200 millilitres
100 millilitres

200 ml.
100 ml.
50 ml.
20 ml.
10 ml.
7.5 ml.
5 ml.
3 ml.

(2) The maximum permissible errors on re-verification or inspection shall be twice theerrors on verification in excess or half in deficiency.
55. Stamping(1) Dry measures of capacity of 2 litres and under shall be stamped on a soft metalplug passing completely through the body of the measure and the strengthening band
placed round the rim.
(2) Dry measures of capacity of 5 litres and over shall be stamped on both sides of
two soft metal plugs passing completely through the body of the measure, thestrengthening band placed round the rim and the opposite ends of any one strengthening
strap.

PART VI – WEIGHING INSTRUMENTS (GENERAL)
56. Capacity marking, material and mode of construction(1) Every weighing instrument shall—(a)be clearly and indelibly marked with its capacity; and(b)have all beams, steelyards, levers, links, legs and stays constructed entirelyof metal or other material approved by the Director.

(2) All contact parts of knife-edges, bearings, friction plates, racks, pinions and links
shall have a hardness of at least 58 Rockwell C.
(3) All knife-edges shall bear substantially upon the whole of their working length andshall be so fitted that they cannot twist or otherwise get out of alignment and so as to allow
the beam or steelyard to move easily.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.][Issue 1]82

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

57. Graduations(1) All graduations shall consist of notches or lines of uniform thickness and thethickness of the lines shall be between one-tenth and one-fourth of the width of thesmallest scale division but not less than 0.2 millimetre.
(2) The graduation lines or notches shall be situated on one side of a real or imaginaryline concentric with, or parallel to, the base of the scale and passing through the edges ofmost of the lines or notches.
(3) The length of the shortest graduation line shall not be less than the width of thesmallest scale division.
(4) Numbered graduations shall have longer lines than the minor graduations.
58. Width of scale, division(1) Subject to rules 92(1), 100(2), 118(5) and 141(1)—(a)

the minimum width of the smallest scale division shall not be less than—(i) 1.25 mm. in the case of an instrument whose capacity does notexceed 15 kg:
Provided that in the case of an instrument on which the scale is
optically projected, the apparent width of the division shall not be lessthan 2 mm.
(ii) 1.75 mm. in the case of an instrument whose capacity exceeds 15 kg.
but does not exceed 50 kg; and(iii) 2.5 mm. in the case of an instrument whose capacity exceeds 50 kg;(b)

the width of the greatest division on any scale shall not exceed 1.2 times thewidth of the smallest division.

(2) The difference between the actual and the theoretical width of a scale division, as
determined by dividing the length of the scale base line by the number of divisions on thescale, shall not exceed 10 per cent of the theoretical value:
Provided that on fan-shaped dials, the width of the scale division may be variable
such that the mean width of the five largest consecutive divisions shall not be larger thanthe mean width of the five smallest consecutive division by more than 20 per cent.
59. Weight value of scale division(1) On any weight-indicating or printing device the weight value of the smallest scalennndivision shall be in the form of 1x10 , 2x10 or 5x10 kilograms, grams or milligrams (theindex “n” being a positive or negative whole number or zero).
(2) The maximum weight value of the smallest scale division shall, subject torules 130(3) and 141(2), not exceed—(a)in the case of semi-self-indicating beam-scales, the values specified incolumn 2 of Table 2 below—

TABLE 2 – SEMI-SELF-INDICATING BEAM-SCALES
1

2

Capacity of Instrument

Maximum Value of a
Scale Division

100 g. and under ....................................................................................
More than 100 g. but not exceeding 500 g. ............................................

10 mg.
20 mg.

Class “A”—Beam-scales

83[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]12

Capacity of Instrument

Maximum Value of a
Scale Division

Exceeding 500 g. but not exceeding 2 kg. ..............................................
Exceeding 2 kg. but not exceeding 10 kg. ..............................................
Exceeding 10 kg. but not exceeding 20 kg. ............................................

50 mg.
100 mg.
200 mg.

“Class B”—Beam-scales
2 g. ..........................................................................................................
5 g. but not exceeding 10 g. ...................................................................
Exceeding 10 g. but not exceeding 50 g. ...............................................
Exceeding 50 g. but not exceeding 100 g. .............................................
Exceeding 100 g. but not exceeding 200 g. ...........................................
Exceeding 200 g. but not exceeding 1 kg. ..............................................
Exceeding 1 kg. but not exceeding 3 kg. ................................................
Exceeding 3 kg. but not exceeding 5 kg. ................................................
Exceeding 5 kg. but not exceeding 20 kg. ..............................................

5 mg.
10 mg.
20 mg.
50 mg.
100 mg.
200 mg.
500 mg.
1 g.
2 g.

“Class C”—Beam-scales
30 g. and under ......................................................................................
Exceeding 30 g. but not exceeding 100 g. .............................................
Exceeding 100 g. but not exceeding 200 g. ...........................................
Exceeding 200 g. but not exceeding 500 g. ...........................................
Exceeding 500 g. but not exceeding 2 kg. ..............................................
Exceeding 2 kg. but not exceeding 5 kg. ................................................
Exceeding 5 kg. but not exceeding 20 kg. ..............................................
20 kg. ......................................................................................................

(b)

50 mg.
100 mg.
200 mg.
500 mg.
1 g.
2 g.
5 g.
10 g.

in the case of spring balances, the values specified in column 2 of Table 3
below—TABLE3 – SPRING BALANCES
1

2

Capacity of Instrument

Maximum Value of a
Scale Division

2 kg. and under .......................................................................................
Exceeding 2 kg. but not exceeding 5 kg. ................................................
Exceeding 5 kg. but not exceeding 15 kg. ..............................................
Exceeding 15 kg. but not exceeding 25 kg. ............................................
Exceeding 25 kg. but not exceeding 30 kg. ............................................
Exceeding 30 kg. but not exceeding 50 kg. ............................................
Exceeding 50 kg. but not exceeding 150 kg. ..........................................
Exceeding 150 kg. but not exceeding 300 kg. ........................................
Exceeding 300 kg. ..................................................................................

5 g.
10 g.
20 g.
50 g.
100 g.
200 g.
500 g.
1 kg.
2 kg.

(c)

[Issue 1]

in the case of self or semi-self indicating counter machines, the values
specified in column 2 of Table 4 below—

84

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

TABLE 4 – SELF OR SEMI-SELF-INDICATING COUNTER MACHINES
1

2

Capacity of Instrument

Maximum Value of a
Scale Division

500 g. and under ....................................................................................
Exceeding 500 g. but not exceeding 5 kg. ..............................................
Exceeding 5 kg. but not exceeding 15 kg. ..............................................
Exceeding 15 kg. but not exceeding 30 kg. ............................................
50 kg. ......................................................................................................

5 g.
10 g.
20 g.
50 g.
100 g.

(d)in the case of self-indicating platform machines, the values specified incolumn 2 of Table 5 below—

TABLE 5 – SELF-INDICATING PLATFORM MACHINES
1

2

Capacity of Instrument

Maximum Value of a
Scale Division

15 kg. and under .....................................................................................
Exceeding 15 kg. but not exceeding 30 kg. ............................................
Exceeding 30 kg. but not exceeding 100 kg. ..........................................

20 g.
50 g.
100 g.

Exceeding 100 kg. but not exceeding 200 kg. ........................................

200 g.

Exceeding 200 kg. but not exceeding 500 kg. ........................................

500 g.

Exceeding 500 kg. but not exceeding 1,500 kg. .....................................
Exceeding 1,500 kg. but not exceeding 2,000 kg. ..................................
Exceeding 2,000 kg. ...............................................................................

1 kg.
2 kg.
5 kg.

(e)

in the case of self-indicating weigh-bridges, the values specified in column 2of Table 6 below:

TABLE 6 – SELF-INDICATING WEIGHBRIDGES AND CRANE WEIGHING
MACHINES
1

2

Capacity of Instrument

Maximum Value of a
Scale Division

2 tonne and under ..................................................................................
Exceeding 2 tonne but not exceeding 10 tonne .....................................
Exceeding 10 tonne but not exceeding 25 tonne ...................................
Exceeding 25 tonne but not exceeding 75 tonne ...................................
Exceeding 75 tonne ................................................................................

2 kg.
5 kg.
10 kg.
20 kg.
50 kg.

Provided that the values of the capacity in column 1 of each of the Tables shall betaken as referring to the capacity on the chart and not the capacity of instrument—
Provided also that the values in Tables 3, 4, 5 and 6 may be increased—(i) in the case of instruments to be used for the determination of freightcharges or for weighing live animals, to twice those listed;(ii) in the case of instruments which are to be used only for specified purposes,
as determined by the Director.

85[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](3) The weight value of each increment of a digital indicating or printing device shallbe in conformity with the requirements of Tables 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 in respect of the chart
graduations and if the instrument is fitted with a chart in addition to the digital indicating or
printing device, the weight value of each increment of the indicating or printing device shallnot be greater than the value of a scale division of the chart.
(4) Weighing instruments fitted with a centre zero shall have—(a)at least one graduation line on each side of zero graduation line, the weightvalue of which shall be marked on the chart; and(b)the zones on either side of zero distinguished by a “+” (plus) or a “—”(minus) sign.
[Corr. No. 32/1994, L.N. 56/1996, s. 9.]60. Numbering of graduations
On one and the same dial, numbering of the graduations shall be in the form 1x10n,
2x10n or 5x10n tonne, kilograms or grams (the index “n” being a positive or negative whole
number, or zero).
61. Height of digits(1) The height (expressed in millimetres) of the digits comprising the weight and priceindications on a dial shall be—(a)

proportional to the length of the lines to which they relate; and(b)equal to, or more than, three times the reading distance (expressed in
metres) without being less than 2 mm:
Provided that where a weighing instrument is fitted with a digital indicator,
the height of the digits shall be—(i)in the case of counter-machines or bench platform machines, not lessthan 5 mm; and(ii)

in the case of platform machines and weigh-bridges, not less than
10 mm.

(2) The size of any digit measured parallel to the base of the scale shall be less thanthe distance between two consecutive numbered graduation lines:
Provided that in the case of digital indicating devices the size of the digits shall be atleast equal to 5 mm.
(3) Where an analogue scale is viewed through an aperture, the width of the aperture
shall be such as to allow the digits of at least two numbered graduation lines to be visibleat all times.
(4) In the case of an indicating device with the scale projected on a screen, at least
two numbered graduation lines shall be wholly visible in the projected zone.
(5) In the case of a multi-range self-indicating instrument, changing of the range shallcause the appropriate digits of the numbers indicating weight values of major graduationlines to automatically change to values appropriate to the new range.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

62. Weighing instruments with ticket printing mechanisms(1) Where a weighing instrument is fitted with a ticket-printing mechanism, any letters,
symbols and digits indicating the weight (including the word “Net” or similar word), the unit
price and the total price shall be clear and legible and shall not be less than 3 mm. inheight.

[Issue 1]86

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](2) Where the printing mechanism prints the total price on the ticket, the unit priceshall also be printed and the words “total price” and “price per kg.” shall appear inappropriate positions on the ticket in letters not less than 2 mm. in height.
63. Analogue instruments to have indicators(1) All weighing instruments, other than those with digital indication shall be provided
with an indicator for indicating the weighing result or the equilibrium position.
(2) Where the equilibrium position is indicated by means of two indicators, they shallhave the same thickness and their distance apart shall not be greater than that thickness:
Provided that if the thickness of the indicators is less than 1 mm., the distance apartshall be 1 mm.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

64. Indicator construction(1) The indicator of any weighing instrument shall—(a)have its extremity equal to the width of the narrowest graduation line or
1 mm, whichever is the less;(b)

be constructed—(i) in the case of an instrument in which the graduation lines point
radially inwards, so as to reach but not to obscure any part of any oneof the shortest graduation lines;(ii) in the case of an instrument in which the graduation lines point
radially outwards, so as not to extend beyond the midpoint of theshortest graduation line.

(2) Subparagraph 1(b) shall not apply to—(a)an indicator consisting of a fine wire or thread stretched over the graduationlines, including a hair line on a ground glass screen;(b)

any weighing instrument in which the indicator is in the same plane as thegraduation lines and is not more than 1 mm. from any graduation line.

(3) The maximum distance between the plane of the graduated surface of the dial orchart and the indicator shall be equal to the width of the smallest scale division or 2 mm.
whichever is the less.
65. Provisions relating to revolutionary dials or indicators
Weighing instruments in which the moving indicator makes a complete revolution on
the dial or in which the dial makes a complete revolution relative to a fixed indicator shallhave a blank space between the zero and the maximum graduation line and the moving
element shall be permitted to move a distance equivalent to at least four scale divisions
into the blank zone and shall encounter a stop at least four scale divisions before the endof the blank zone.
66. Sliding poise(1) Every sliding poise on any weighing instrument shall—(a)have the reading edge or indicator clearly defined and paralled to thegraduation lines;(b)

be of such form that all indications of weight may be easily and definitely
read;

(c)

have a lead-filled under-cut hole or other approved means of adjustment bywhich the lead is secured firmly in place and is totally enclosed;

87[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](d)

if associated with a notched steelyard or bar, be such that the poise ispositively fixed when it is located in any notch; and when provided with anib, have the steelyard or bar provided with a notch protection bar for
preventing wear of the notches and the nib of the poise.

(2) Steelyards or bars shall not be graduated on both faces if fitted with more than one
sliding poise.
(3) Where a steelyard or bar is made of ferrous metal, the guide or carrier shall bemade of non-magnetic material.
67. Damping devices(1) A damping device, if fitted, shall cause the indicator to stabilize after not more than
three swings.
(2) A hydraulic damping device sensitive to temperature changes shall have an
automatic regulating device or an easily accessible manual regulating device.
(3) Over-flow of liquid from damping devices on portable instruments shall not occur
when the instrument is tilted at 45 degrees from the horizontal.
68. Locking devices(1) Where a weighing instrument is provided with a locking device, the device shallhave only two stable positions corresponding to “lock” or “weigh” and the weighing shall
only be possible in the “weigh” position.
(2) The “weigh” and “lock” positions shall be clearly marked on the instrument.
69. Weighing instruments for use in special transactions(1) Weighing instruments used in any of the following transactions, that is to say—(a)gold, silver or other precious metals;(b)

precious stones;(c)jewellery;(d)drugs or other pharmaceutical products when dispensed or sold by retail,shall be either, Class “A” or Class “B” beam-scales or other instruments which satisfy therequirements of Class “B” beam-scales.
(2) Weighing instruments used in retail transaction in—
(a)

tea;

(b)

coffee;(c)cocoa;(d)tobacco,shall be either Class “A”, Class “B” or Class “C” beam-scale or other instruments which
satisfy the requirements of Class “C” beam-scales.
70. Pre-requisites to testing(1) Movable instruments provided with a base shall be tested on a level plane; andinstruments which are suspended in use shall be suspended when tested.
(2) A weighing instrument shall be tested as far as is practicable to its maximum load.
(3) The relative error of the standard weights used in testing weighing instruments
shall not be greater than ⅓ of the relative maximum permissible error for the load appliedon the instrument being tested.

[Issue 1]88[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](4) The load receptor on every weighing instrument shall be such as to allow standard
weights or other masses representing the test load to be placed thereon under theconditions specified in these Rules.
71. Maximum safe load test
(1) Where a weighing instrument is marked with a maximum safe load which isgreater than its maximum capacity it shall first be loaded in the normal manner of use to
its maximum safe load before being tested.
(2) In the case of an instrument with a directly suspended load, the test load shall beso suspended during testing.
(3) In the case of instruments with a load receptor freely suspended at one or two
points, the test load shall be distributed on the load receptor.
72. Equilibrium and repeatability tests(1) Every weighing instrument shall retain its equilibrium and give constant weightindications on the repeated application of any given load; and its indicating device shallreturn to zero when the load is removed.
(2) A weighing instrument whose action is dependent on the extension orcompression of a spring, or on any other form of elastic deformation of any component,
shall be correct under such conditions of temperature or other atmospheric variations as
may reasonably be anticipated in normal use.
(3) Equilibrium in an instrument shall be indicated—(a)in the case of a vibrating instrument, by the beam, steelyard or otherindicating device or devices, returning to the position of equilibrium when
disturbed therefrom;(b)in the case of an accelerating instrument, by the beam, steelyard or otherindicating device, just leaving its position of equilibrium and gently moving to
its stop;(c)in the case of a self or semi-self indicating instrument, or on an instrument
provided with a “difference” chart, by the indicating device coming to rest at
the position of equilibrium or zero graduation, the instrument being on alevel plane; and(d)in the case of a digital indicating instrument, by the figure “O” being
indicated on the display panel or screen.

(4) Any error at zero load on a self or semi-self-indicating instrument shall not exceed¼ scale division and any zero-setting device, whether manual or automatic, shall be suchas to permit the attainment of this accuracy.
73. Test for error(1) Weighing instruments of the vibrating type shall be tested for error by ascertaining
the weight in excess or deficiency required to bring the beam or steelyard of the
instrument to a horizontal position when fully loaded.
(2) Weighing instruments of the accelerating type shall be tested for error byascertaining the weight required, when the instrument is fully loaded, to keep the beam or
steelyard in a horizontal position on its stop or carrier.
74. Tests for sensitivity, instability and discrimination(1) Unless otherwise provided in these Rules, non-self indicating vibrating weighing
instruments shall be tested for sensitivity at full load or as near thereto as possible.

89[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](2) In a vibrating instrument, the addition to, or subtraction from, the load of a relevant
amount of material specified for sensitivity of the instrument in these Rules shall—(a)in the case of a beam-scale or balance, cause an appreciable movement of
the beam; and(b)in the case of a counter machine or a simple steelyard, or an instrument
fitted with a steelyard, cause the beam or steelyard to move from rest in ahorizontal position to the limit of its movement.

(3) An accelerating instrument shall not be tested for sensitivity but shall be tested for
instability by ascertaining the weight required to bring back the beam or steelyard from its
position of greatest displacement to the horizontal position, the instrument being fully
loaded and truly balanced.
(4) Self and semi-self indicating instruments shall be tested for discrimination as
follows—(a)in the case of an instrument fitted with an analogue indicator, a mass equal
to the maximum permissible error for the instrument, when placed gently on
the instrument at equilibrium, (loaded or unloaded) shall cause adisplacement of the indicator corresponding to not less than 70 per cent ofthat mass; and(b)in the case of an instrument fitted with a digital indicator, the depositing,without shock, of a load not exceeding 1.4 scale divisions on the instrument
in equilibrium (loaded or unloaded), shall increase the initial indication by
one scale division.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

75. Instruments with price computing or printing mechanism
Where a weighing instrument is fitted with—(a)a price computing mechanism, the mechanism shall indicate price correctly;(b)a printing mechanism, printing shall not be possible—(i)above the maximum capacity of the instrument plus nine scale
divisions; and(ii)

when the instrument is not in equilibrium.

76. Instruments fitted with multiple indicators and printers
Where a weighing instrument is fitted with several indicating or printing devices, themaximum permissible errors specified in these Rules shall be subject to the following
conditions—(a)the results provided by each of the indicating or printing device shall not
exceed the maximum permissible errors; and(b)the difference between the indications or printed results provided by theseveral indicating devices, taken two by two, shall not exceed—[Issue 1](i)one digital scale division, when the results are supplied by two digitalindicating devices; or(ii)

the absolute maximum permissible error when the results aresupplied by two analogue indicating devices; or(iii)

the greater of the two values i.e. the absolute maximum permissible
error and one scale division, when the results are provided by both
analogue indicating device and digital indicating device.

90

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]PART VII – BEAM-SCALES
77. Definition and classification(1) The term “Beam Scale” means any equal armed weighing instrument with thepans below the beam.
(2) Beam-scales shall be divided into three classes—(a)Class “A” beam-scales must satisfy the requirements of Table 7 below; andinclude chemical and assay balance and other beam-scales which areprovided with glass cases or screens and means for relieving all the knife
edges and bearings:

TABLE 7 – CLASS “A” BEAM-SCALES
Capacity of
Instrument
1

2 g.
5 g.
10 g.
20 g.
30 g.
50 g.
100 g.
200 g.
500 g.
1 kg.
2 kg.
5 kg.
10 kg.
20 kg.
25 kg.
50 kg.

(b)

Sensitivity when Fully Loaded

Maximum Error Allowed either in
Excess or Deficiency when Fully
Loaded2

3

4

5On Verification

On Inspection or
Re-verification

On Verification

On Inspection or
Re-verification

0.02 mg.
0.05 mg.
0.1 mg.
0.2 mg.
0.2 mg.
0.5 mg.
1 mg.
2 mg.
5 mg.
10 mg.
20 mg.
30 mg.
50 mg.
100 mg.
100 mg.
200 mg.

0.04 mg.
0.1 mg.
0.2 mg.
0.4 mg.
0.4 mg.
1 mg.
2 mg.
4 mg.
10 mg.
20 mg.
40 mg.
60 mg.
100 mg.
200 mg.
200 mg.
400 mg.

0.04 mg.
0.1 mg.
0.2 mg.
0.4 mg.
0.4 mg.
1 mg.
2 mg.
4 mg.
10 mg.
20 mg.
40 mg.
60 mg.
100 mg.
200 mg.
200 mg.
400 mg.

0.08 mg.
0.2 mg.
0.4 mg.
0.8 mg.
0.8 mg.
2 mg.
4 mg.
8 mg.
20 mg.
40 mg.
80 mg.
120 mg.
200 mg.
400 mg.
400 mg.
800 mg.

Class “B” includes only beam-scales other than Class “A” beam-scales
which satisfy the requirements of Table 8 below—

TABLE 8 – CLASS “B” BEAM-SCALES
Capacity of
Instrument

Sensitivity when Fully Loaded

1

2
On Verification

3
On Inspection or
Re-verification

2 g.
5 g.
10 g.

1 mg.
2 mg.
3 mg.

2 mg.
4 mg.
6 mg.

91

Maximum Error Allowed either in
Excess or Deficiency when Fully
Loaded4
On Verification
2 mg.
4 mg.
6 mg.

5
On Inspection or
Re-verification
4 mg.
8 mg.
12 mg.

[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]
Capacity of
Instrument

Sensitivity when Fully Loaded

Maximum Error Allowed either in
Excess or Deficiency when Fully
Loaded1

2
On Verification

3
On Inspection or
Re-verification

4
On Verification

5
On Inspection or
Re-verification

20 g.
30 g.

5 mg.
5 mg.

10 mg.
10 mg.

20 mg.
20 mg.

40 mg.
40 mg.

50 g.
100 g.
200 g.
500 g.
1 kg.
2 kg.
5 kg.
10 kg.
20 kg.
25 kg.
50 kg.
100 kg.
200 kg.

10 mg.
20 mg.
30 mg.
50 mg.
100 mg.
200 mg.
300 mg.
500 mg.
1 g.
1 g.
2 g.
5 g.
10 g.

20 mg.
40 mg.
60 mg.
100 mg.
200 mg.
400 mg.
600 mg.
1 g.
2 g.
2 g.
4 g.
10 g.
20 g.

40 mg.
40 mg.
60 mg.
100 mg.
200 mg.
400 mg.
600 mg.
1 g.
2 g.
2 g.
4 g.
10 g.
20 g.

80 mg.
80 mg.
120 mg.
200 mg.
400 mg.
800 mg.
1.2 g.
2 g.
4 g.
4 g.
8 g.
20 g.
40 g.

(c)

Class “C” includes all other beam-scales which satisfy the requirements ofTable 9 below—

TABLE 9—CLASS “C” BEAM-SCALES
Capacity of
Instrument

Sensitivity when Fully Loaded

Maximum Error Allowed either in
Excess or Deficiency when Fully
Loaded1

2
On Verification

3
On Inspection or
Re-verification

4
On Verification

5
On Inspection or
Re-verification

100 g.
200 g.
500 g.
1 kg.
2 kg.
5 kg.
10 kg.
20 kg.
25 kg.
50 kg.
100 kg.
200 kg.
500 kg.
1,000 kg.

100 mg.
200 mg.
500 mg.
1 g.
2 g.
3 g.
5 g.
10 g.
10 g.
15 g.
25 g.
50 g.
100 g.
150 g.

200 mg.
400 mg.
1 g.
2 g.
4 g.
6 g.
10 g.
20 g.
20 g.
30 g.
50 g.
100 g.
200 g.
300 g.

200 mg.
400 mg.
1 g.
2 g.
4 g.
10 g.
10 g.
20 g.
20 g.
30 g.
50 g.
100 g.
200 g.
300 g.

400 mg.
800 mg.
2 g.
4 g.
12 g.
20 g.
20 g.
40 g.
40 g.
60 g.
100 g.
200 g.
400 g.
600 g.

[Issue 1]92

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](3) All beam-scales other than Class “A” beam-scales shall be indelibly marked eitherwith the inscription Class “B” or with the inscription Class “C”.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

78. Balancing arrangements(1) Any attachment for adjusting the equilibrium of a beam-scale shall be permanently
fastened to the instrument, and where a balance box or a balance ball is fitted, it shall be
so fitted that it cannot be easily tampered with.
(2) Screw nuts for adjusting purposes shall be admitted only where the instrument
concerned is fitted with a glass case, and the screw nuts shall not be wholly removablefrom the beam.
(3) No beam scale with loaded pans shall be admitted.
(4) Beam-scales shall have a tongue or pointer at the centre of, and at right angles to,the beam, or some equivalent arrangement for indicating the position of equilibrium.
79. Sensitivity tests(1) The sensitivity figure for beam-scales, other than Class “B” and “C”, shall be
determined at zero and full load and shall be as specified in Table 7 of rule 77.
(2) To determine the sensitivity figure for Class “A” beam-scales of maximum capacity
exceeding 20 grammes—(a)at zero load—(i)a small weight of accurately known value (and which is such that it
would not move the pointer of the beam scale out of the index scale)shall be placed in one of the pans and a rest point determined by theoscillation method;(ii)

the small weight shall then be transferred to the other pan and asecond rest point determined;(iii)

if the rest point shifts by “n” divisions and if the mass of the small
weight is “w” mg, the sensitivity figure “s” of the beam-scale inmilligrams per division at zero load shall be given by the relation—
S=

(b)

2w
n

at full load—(i)the small weight shall be placed in one of the pans of the fully loaded
beam-scale and a rest point determined by the oscillation method;(ii)

the small weight shall then be transferred to the other pan and asecond rest point determined;(iii)

if the rest point shifts by “n” divisions and the mass of the small
weight is “w” mg, the sensitivity figure “s” in milligrams per division atfull load shall be given by the relation—
S=

2w
n

(3) In case of Class “A” beam-scales of capacity not exceeding 20 grams, thesensitivity figure shall be determined as follows—(a)at zero load—(i)a pair of weights, each of an approximate mass of 5 mg. (and whose
difference shall not exceed 0.05 mg., 0.12 mg., 0.25 mg., or 0.5 mg.

93[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

for testing beam-scales of maximum capacities of 2 g., 5 g., 10 g., or
20 g. respectively) shall be placed each in one pan and a rest point
determined by the oscillation method;(ii)

the pair of weights shall then be interchanged and a second rest point
determined;(iii)

if the rest point shifts by “n” divisions and the difference in the pair ofweights is “w”, then the sensitivity figure “s” of the beam scale inmilligrams per division at zero load shall be given by the relation—
S=

(b)

2w
n

at full load—(i)the pair of weights shall be placed each in one pan of a fully loaded
beam scale and a rest point determined;(ii)

the pair of weights shall then be interchanged and a second rest point
determined;(iii)

if the rest point shifts by “n” divisions and the difference in the pair ofweights is “w” then the sensitivity figure “s” of the beam scale inmilligrams per division at full load shall be given by the relation:
S=

2w
n

(4) The sensitivity figure for beam-scales of Classes “B” and “C” shall be as specified
in Tables 8 and 9 of rule 77 and shall be determined at full load only, as follows—(a)the beam scale shall be fully loaded to its maximum capacity with equalmasses in each pan and the scale balanced such that the pointer rests atthe centre of the index scale;(b)small weights of value W1 shall be added in one of the pans until the pointermoves an appreciable distance from the centre of the scale;(c)the small weights W1 shall then be removed and the test repeated on theother pan and the weights W2 required to move the pointer by the same
distance on the other side of the centre of the scale shall be determined;(d)the sensitivity figure “s” of the beam scale at full load shall then be given by
the relation:S=

W1 + W2

2[Corr. No. 40/1994.]

80. Tests for error(1) The maximum permissible errors for non-self indicating beam-scales shall be as
specified in Tables 7, 8 and 9 of rule 77 and shall be determined as follows—(a)[Issue 1]

to determine the error due to inequality of arms in Class “A” beam-scales—(i)the rest point (RO) of the unloaded beam-scale shall be determinedby the oscillation method;(ii)

a second rest point (R1) shall be determined with equal weights
representing the maximum capacity of the beam-scale placed oneach pan;(iii)

the weights shall then be interchanged and a third rest point (R2)
shall be determined;

94

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](iv)

the error “E” due to the inequality of arms of the beam scale shall begiven by the relation—
E=(R1 + R2 – RO) S
2

where “s” is the sensitivity figure of the beam scale;(b)in the case of beam-scales other than Class “A”—
(i)the pans shall be loaded with equal weights representing the
maximum capacity of the beam scale and the beam scale shall bebalanced such that the pointer rests at the centre of the index scale;(ii)

the weights shall then be interchanged and the beam scale balanced
again by adding necessary small weights on one of the pans:
Provided that in the case of beams with attached hooks, the weights
shall be interchanged together with the chains and pans and in thecase of beams with detachable hooks, the weight shall beinterchanged together with the hooks, chains and pans;(iii)

the error of the beam scale at the maximum capacity shall then beequal to half the value of the additional small weights.

(2) The maximum permissible errors on semi-self-indicating beam-scales shall be
one-half of the smallest scale division on the dial.
(3) A beam scale, other than Class “A”, shall, when loaded to its half capacity, show
no appreciable difference in its indication if the knife edges or bearings are moved
laterally, backwards and forwards within their limits of movement and shall be correctwhether the load is in the middle or near the edge of the pan.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

81. Stamping(1) On beamscales, the stamping plug shall be inserted immediately above or below
the central knife-edge.
(2) Class A and Class B beamscales may be stamped on the pans where the delicate
construction of the beam might be affected by the insertion of the plug.
[L.N. 56/1996, s. 10.]PART VIII – COUNTER MACHINES
82. Definition
The term “counter machine” means any equal-armed weighing instrument of acapacity not exceeding 50 kg., the pans of which are above the beam and includes,
together with the ordinary type, such instruments as are specifically designed for counter
use and whose capacity does not exceed 50kg.
83. Prohibition of certain types
The following types of counter machines shall not be admitted for verification—(a)accelerating counter machines;(b)

new counter machines in which the working parts below the beam are notcompletely enclosed;(c)counter machines with sliding poises.

95[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

84. Construction(1) Where the beam of a counter machine has two side members they shall beconnected together by not less than two cross-bars, and the supports for the pans shall beof suitable rigid structure.
(2) The centre forks of counter machines shall be so fixed that they cannot twist or getout of place.
85. Balancing device(1) Every counter machine shall be fitted with a suitable balancing device.
(2) Where the balancing device is in the form of a balance box, the box shall be
securely fixed beneath one of the pans, and shall only be large enough to contain loosematerial to an amount not exceeding 1 per cent of the marked capacity of the instrument.
86. Minimum fall
In non-self indicating counter machines, the minimum fall of the beam from thehorizontal position in either direction shall be as follows—
Capacity of the Instrument

Minimum Fall

500 g., 1 kg., 2 kg. ..................................................
3 kg., 5 kg., 10 kg., 15 kg. ......................................
20 kg., 25 kg., 30 kg. ..............................................
50 kg. ......................................................................

6 mm.
10 mm.
12 mm.
13 mm.

87. Self or semi-self indicating counter machines
Every self or semi-self-indicating counter machine shall—(a)comply with such of the requirements of rules 56 to 67 as are applicable;(b)be provided with weight indications on the purchaser’s and the vendor’sside of the instrument:
Provided that the requirements of paragraph (b) shall not apply to instruments
which are prominently marked with the words: “Not to be used for direct selling to the
public” or “For Factory use only”, or to instruments approved for special purposes only or
for use under stated conditions only.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

88. Additional tests(1) In addition to any other relevant tests specified in rules 70 to 76, a countermachine shall be subjected to the following tests—(a)with the pans loaded to half capacity, the instrument shall be correct when
the knife edges and bearings are moved laterally, backwards or forwards
within the limits of their movements;(b)when the goods pan is in the form of a scoop, the instrument shall becorrect if half the full load is placed against the back of the scoop and theother half in any position on the scoop;(c)when the goods pan is not in the form of a scoop, half the maximum
permissible error shall not be exceeded if the centre of a load equal to half
the capacity of the instrument is placed on the goods pan anywhere within adistance from the centre equal to one-third of the greatest length of the pan,or if the pan has a vertical side, against the middle of that side; the load
being entirely on the weight pan but in any position on it;[Issue 1]96

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](d)for the purposes of the tests in paragraph (1)(b) and (c), the capacity of acounter machine fitted with additive tare shall be taken as the capacity ofthe machine plus the value of the additive tare.

(2) With the instrument unloaded and in true balance its weight indications shall nothave a variation in excess of the thickness of the zero graduation line or one-quarter of thesmallest subdivision (whichever is the less) when tilted longitudinally or transversely
through an angle of three degrees; and with the instrument loaded to full capacity, theindication shall not vary by more than the maximum permissible error when the instrument
is tilted in any direction through an angle of three degrees.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

89. Permissible errors
The maximum permissible error on verification and on inspection or re-verification ofcounter machines shall be—(a)in the case of non-self-indicating instruments, as specified in columns 4
and 6, respectively of Table 10 below:(b)in the case of self-or semi-indicating instruments, as specified in columns 5
and 7, respectively, of that Table:
Provided that on instruments fitted with digital indicating devices, the maximum
permissible error applicable to such a device shall be an amount equal to the minimum
weight increment that can be indicated by the device.

TABLE 10
Sensitivity when Fully
LoadedCapacity of
Instrument

On
Verification

On
Inspection
or Reverification

1

2

500 g.
1 kg.
2 kg.
3 kg.
5 kg.
10 kg.
15 kg.
20 kg.
25 kg.
30 kg.
50 kg.

1 g.
2 g.
3 g.
4 g.
5 g.
7 g.
8 g.
9 g.
10 g.
11 g.
15 g.

Maximum Permissible Error in Excess or Deficiency when
Fully Loaded
On Verification

On Inspection or Verification

3

Non-Self
Indicating
Type
4

Self or Semiself Indicating
Type
5

Non-Self
Indicating
Type
6

Self or SemiSelf Indicating
Type
7

2 g.
4 g.
6 g.
8 g.
10 g.
14 g.
16 g.
18 g.
20 g.
22 g.
30 g.

2 g.
3 g.
4 g.
6 g.
9 g.
10 g.
12 g.
15 g.
15 g.
20 g.
30 g.

Weightcorresponding
to one-half thescale division

4 g.
6 g.
8 g.
12 g.
18 g.
20 g.
24 g.
30 g.
30 g.
40 g.

Weightcorresponding
to one-half thescale division

60 g.

(2) The sensitivity of non-self indicating counter machines shall not exceed—(a)on verification, the amounts specified in column 2 of Table 10; and(b)on inspection or re-verification, the amounts specified in column 3 of that
Table.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

97[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

90. Stamping
The stamping plug on counter machines shall be on an easily accessible part of thebeam or body of the instrument.

PART IX – SPRING BALANCES
91. Definition
The term “spring balance” means a self-indicating weighing instrument in whichweight indications are dependent on the extension or compression of a spring or springs
and which is so constructed that the load is either directly above or below the spring or
springs and is directly supported by or suspended from them without the use of levers.
92. Scale division(1) The minimum width of a scale division in a spring balance shall be either—(a)

1.5 mm. for spring balances of a capacity not exceeding 30 kg. and 3 mm.
for spring balances of a capacity exceeding 30 kg.; or(b)such other values as the Director may, in accordance with the International
Organization of Legal Metrology (O.I.M.L.) recommendations, approve.

(2) The weight value of a scale division shall be in accordance with rule 59.
(3) Where graduations commence at any point of the dial other than at the zero
indication, the position of the indicator when there is no load on the instrument shall beclearly indicated by a zero mark.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

93. Zero setting device(1) A suitable zero setting device capable of adjustment only by means of adetachable tool shall be provided.
(2) The range of adjustment of the zero-setting device shall not exceed one per centof the capacity of the instrument.
94. Additional tests(1) In addition to any other relevant tests specified in rules 70 to 76, spring balances
shall be tested at each numbered graduation and may also be tested at intermediate
graduations.
(2) The instrument shall be correct within the maximum permissible error whether thetest is made by progressively increasing or decreasing loads, provided that, in either casethe spring shall be allowed to vibrate before the reading is taken.
(3) In the case of a spring balance with the pan above the spring the following tests
shall be carried out—(a)when the pan is in the form of a scoop, the maximum permissible errors
shall not be exceeded when a load equal to half the capacity of the
instrument is placed against the middle of the back of the scoop and theother half is placed in any position on the scoop;(b)when the pan is not in the form of a scoop, the instrument shall not indicate
variations in excess of the maximum permissible error if the centre of a loadequal to half the capacity of the instrument is placed on the pan anywhere
within a distance from the centre equal to one-third of the greatest length ofthe pan, or if the pan has a vertical side against the middle of that side.

[Issue 1]98[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](4) In the case of a spring balance with the pan below the spring, the maximum
permissible error shall not be exceeded when a load equal to the capacity of the
instrument is placed in any position on the pan.
(5) A spring balance shall be tested for fatigue as follows—(a)the instrument shall be loaded to its maximum capacity for a period oftwenty-four hours; and(b)the load shall then be removed and the instrument left unloaded for fourhours and it shall not show any permanent set; and(c)the instrument shall then be tested for accuracy as in rule 94(2).
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

95. Maximum permissible errors(1) The maximum permissible errors on verification of spring balances shall be onehalf of a scale division.
(2) The maximum permissible errors on inspection or re-verification of spring balances
shall be twice those allowed on verification.
96. Stamping(1) The stamping plug shall wherever possible pass through the dial and the frame of
the instrument.
(2) The plug shall be so supported as to avoid damage to the instrument during
stamping.

PART X – STEELYARDS
97. Application
Rules 97 to 104 shall apply to steelyards as complete weighing instruments and not tosteelyards as components of other weighing instruments.
98. Prohibited steelyards
The following steelyards shall not be admitted for verifications—(a)any steelyard which is reversible and has three hooks;(b)

any accelerating steelyard;(c)any steelyard without a zero graduation; and(d)any steelyard of a capacity of less than 30 kg. unless such a steelyard is ofa pattern approved by the Director.

99. Particulars of steelyards(1) Every steelyard shall—(a)be made of iron, steel or other material approved by the Director;(b)have a perfectly straight shank;(c)have each set of notches or graduations cut in one plane at right angles tothe shank;(d)have end fittings, sliding poises and suspending hooks securely attached tothe instrument; and(e)be provided with a stop or other suitable arrangement to prevent excessive
oscillation of the shank.

99[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](2) The sliding poise shall be freely movable without risk of injury to the notches fromconstant use, and there shall be a stop to prevent it moving behind the zero mark or
lowest graduation.
(3) The suspension mechanism of the steelyard shall be differentiated from the load
suspension mechanism by asymmetrical construction.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

100. Graduation of steelyards(1) The graduation lines on any steelyard shall be parallel and if there are notches
they shall be correctly placed with reference to such notches.
(2) The minimum distance between graduations shall be 2 mm. between notches and
4 mm. between lines.
(3) No scale division on any steelyard shall represent more than ½ per cent of thecapacity of the instrument.
(4) The scales corresponding to each of the capacities of the machines shall permit
weighing from zero to the maximum capacity without a break in continuity.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

101. Balancing device(1) Where a balancing device is fitted, it shall be capable of being operated only bymeans of a detachable key.
(2) The range of balance shall not exceed 0.5 percent of the capacity of the
instrument and shall not be less than 0.1 percent each way.
(3) Where a gravity ball is provided, it shall be sufficiently protected to avoid being
tampered with.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

102. Testing(1) Each numbered graduation shall be tested and intermediate graduations may betested if necessary.
(2) The instrument shall be correct whether the test is with increasing or decreasingload.
103. Errors
The maximum permissible errors on verification and on inspection or re-verification ofsteelyards shall be twice those specified for platform machines of similar capacity.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

104. Stamping
The stamping plug shall be inserted in the face of the shoulder of the steelyard.

PART XI – PLATFORM MACHINES AND WEIGHBRIDGES
105. Definition(a)

The term “platform machine” means a weighing instrument (other than aweighbridge) with the load receptor in the form of a platform 3 m. by 2 m. insize or less and of a capacity not exceeding 5 tonnes.

(b)

The term “weighbridge” means a weighing instrument for weighing loads
carried on a vehicle where the vehicle is supported on rails or a platform
either of which is linked to a system of levers or load-cells and whose
capacity is 1000 kg. or more.

[Issue 1]100[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

106. Strength of foundations, levers and supports(1) Weighbridges and dormant platform machines shall not be installed before an
inspector has inspected the foundation or supporting base and passed it as being
sufficiently firm to be capable of carrying the maximum load without any change of form orlevel.
(2) Where doubt arises as to the strength of levers or other working parts of aweighbridge or a platform machine, the instrument shall be loaded to its maximum
capacity (or maximum safe load); and any variation between the indication of the
instrument at the moment of placing the load and the indication obtained eight hours later(the load remaining on the machine throughout that period) shall not exceed the maximum
permissible error.
107. Construction(1) The steelyard of a platform machine or weighbridge shall be in a perfectly straightplane on its upper surface or edge and shall not incorporate any readily removable parts
except the support for the counterpoises.
(2) There shall be a stop or stops to prevent any sliding poise from travelling behindthe zero graduation.
(3) The value of the smallest division on the minor bar shall not exceed the maximum
permissible error for an instrument of capacity equal to that of the minor bar:
Provided that in the case of platform machines of 200 kg. capacity and below, thevalue of the smallest division may exceed the maximum permissible error for that capacity
but shall not exceed 100 g.
(4) The steelyard or registering mechanism thereof may be confined in a locked box
or case, provided that the indications or graduations are clearly visible.
(5) The load receptor on a platform machine or a weighbridge shall not be absorbent.
108. Travel of steelyard
The minimum movement from the horizontal position of the steelyard indicator shallbe—(a)in the case of platform machines, 10 mm. in both directions for vibrating
instruments and 15 mm. in one direction only for accelerating instruments;
and

(b)

in the case of weighbridges, 12 mm. in both directions for vibrating
instruments and 20 mm. in one direction only for accelerating instruments.

109. Movable hutches and counterpoise(1) If a movable hutch, barrow, frame or bucket is used instead of the ordinary
platform, it shall form an essential part of the instrument, without which the instrument
cannot be balanced.
(2) All counterpoises for use in connection with movable hutches, barrows, frames orbuckets shall be tested.
(3) All loose counterpoises shall be—(a)identified with the instrument by a number or other sufficient indelible markof identification;(b)

clearly and permanently marked with the international symbol ofcorrespondence (≤) and the equivalent weight denomination; thus thecounterpoise representing 5 kg, shall be marked ≤ 5 kg.

101[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](4) The denomination of counterpoises shall be 1, 2, or 5 kilograms or a decimal
multiple or sub-multiple thereof; and the smallest denomination shall be equivalent to theweight represented by the maximum graduation on the steelyard of the instrument.
(5) A loose counterpoise shall have only one undercut adjusting hole which shallcontain sufficient adjusting material to cover the bottom of the hole.
(6) All loose counterpoises shall be of hexagonal shape.
110. Zero setting device and gravity ball
(1) Every platform machine or weighbridge shall be fitted with a zero setting device
which shall be capable of being operated only by means of a detachable key.
(2) The range of the zero-setting device shall not exceed 0.5 per cent of the capacityof the instrument and shall not be less than 0.1 per cent each way.
(3) Where a gravity ball is provided, it shall be adjustable only by means of amechanical appliance, unless the ball is completely enclosed.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

111. Self indicating platform machines and weighbridges
Every self indicating platform machine or weighbridge shall—(a)comply with such of the requirements of rules 56 to 68 as are applicable;(b)have the racks and pinions made of suitable hard metal or other material
approved by the Director;(c)have the indicating mechanism and any cylinders or tanks containing liquidsuitably protected from dust and excessive variations of temperature.

112. Total capacity of tare bars of platform or machines or weighbridges with tar or
weighing bars
Where a platform machine or weighbridge is fitted with a tare bar or bars, or aweighing bar—(a)the total capacity of the tare bar or bars shall not exceed 50 per cent of thecapacity of the instrument;(b)a single tare bar may be ungraduated except for a zero graduation line anda graduation line at its maximum capacity;(c)the major tare bar shall be graduated in multiples of the capacity of theminor bar only and the weight value of the scale divisions on the minor bar
shall correspond with that of the scale divisions on the dial (if any) or
printing device:
Provided that on an instrument with several indicating or printing devices,
the scale division on the minor bar shall be equal to the smallest division of
the indicating or printing devices;(d)the poise on a tare bar shall not be capable of being used below its zero
graduation or above its maximum capacity;(e)a weighing bar shall be graduated in multiples of the dial capacity only.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

113. Mode of testing(1) Weigh-bridges and dormant platform machines shall be verified and stamped “insitu” in addition to any preliminary test.

[Issue 1]102

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](2) In addition to any relevant tests specified in rules 70 to 76, weighbridges andplatform machines shall be subjected to the following tests—(a)the inspector, shall where applicable—(i) test the instrument at each numbered graduation up to and including
one tonne or to such smaller amount as the last graduation on thesteelyard or dial may indicate;(ii) test loose poises, if any, relating to the instrument tonne by tonne, orload it with heavy material to within one tonne of its maximum
capacity, and ascertain that an additional tonne is correctly indicatedwithin the maximum permissible error;(b)weigh bridge and platform machines shall indicate the same weight within
half the maximum permissible error when a load equal to one quarter (or asnear thereto as is practicable) of the capacity of the instrument is placed
successively in the centre and near each end or corner of the platform; andfor the purpose of this test, the capacity of a weighbridge or platformmachine fitted with an additive tare shall be taken as the capacity of the
instrument plus the value of the tare;(c)where a platform machine or weighbridge is fitted with a relieving gear—(i) the maximum permissible error shall not be exceeded when the
instrument is put steadily out of and into gear; and(ii) the indicating mechanism shall be immobilized when the instrument isin relief.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

114. Overhead weighing machines
Every overhead weighing machine shall comply with such of the provisions of theseRules relating to platform machines and weighbridges as may be applicable.
115. Permissible errors and sensitivity
Subject to rule 76, the sensitivity and maximum permissible errors on verification andon inspection, or re-verification shall be—(a)in the case of platform machines, the amounts specified in Table 11 below;(b)in the case of weighbridges, the amounts specified in Table 12 below:
Provided that in the case of an instrument fitted with a digital indicating device, themaximum error applicable to such a device shall be an amount equal to the maximum
weight increment that can be indicated by the device—

TABLE 11—PLATFORM MACHINES
Sensitivity when Fully
LoadedCapacity of
Instrument

On
Verification

On Inspection
orRe-verification

Maximum Permissible Error in Excess or Deficiency
when Fully Loaded
On Verification

On Inspection or Reverification

Non-Self
Indicating
Type

Self or Semiself IndicatingType

Non-Self
Indicating
Type

Self or SemiSelf Indicating
Type

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

10 kg.
20 kg.
50 kg.

2 g.
4 g.
10 g.

4 g.
8 g.
20 g.

4 g.
8 g.
20 g.

Weightcorresponding
to one-half thescale division

8 g.
16 g.
40 g.

Weightcorresponding
to one scale
division

103[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]
Sensitivity when Fully
LoadedCapacity of
Instrument

On
Verification

On Inspection
orRe-verification

Maximum Permissible Error in Excess or Deficiency
when Fully Loaded
On Verification

On Inspection or Reverification

Non-Self
Indicating
Type

Self or Semiself IndicatingType

Non-Self
Indicating
Type

Self or SemiSelf Indicating
Type

5

6

7

1

2

3

4

100 kg.
150 kg.
200 kg.
250 kg.
300 kg.
350 kg.
500 kg.
750 kg.
1,000 kg.
1,500 kg.
2,000 kg.
2,500 kg.
3,000 kg.
5,000 kg.

20 g.
60 g.
40 g.
50 g.
60 g.
80 g.
100 g.
125 g.
125 g.
200 g.
250 g.
300 g.
300 g.
500 g.

40 g.
60 g.
80 g.
100 g.
120 g.
160 g.
200 g.
250 g.
250 g.
400 g.
500 g.
600 g.
600 g.
1 kg.

40 g.
60 g.
80 g.
100 g.
120 g.
160 g.
200 g.
250 g.
250 g.
400 g.
500 g.
600 g.
1,000 g.
1,500 g.

80 g.
120 g.
160 g.
200 g.
240 g.
320 g.
400 g.
500 g.
500 g.
800 g.
1 kg.
1.2 kg.
2.0 kg.
3.0 kg.

TABLE 12—WEIGHBRIDGES
Sensitivity when Fully
LoadedCapacity of
Instrument

1

On
Verification

2

On Inspection
orRe-verification

3

Maximum Permissible Error in Excess or Deficiency
when Fully Loaded
On Verification

On Inspection or Reverification

Non-Self
Indicating
Type
4

Self or Semiself Indicating
Type
5

Non-Self
Indicating
Type
6

Self or SemiSelf Indicating
Type
7

Weightcorresponding
to one-half thescale division

2 kg.
2.8 kg.

Weightcorresponding
to one-half thescale division

1 tonne

1 kg.

2 kg.

1.2 kg.

2 tonne

1.5 kg.

3 kg.

1.4 kg.

3 tonne

1.5 kg.

3 kg.

1.6 kg.

3.2 kg.

5 tonne

1.5 kg.

3 kg.

2 kg.

4 kg.

10 tonne

2 kg.

4 kg.

3 kg.

6 kg.

15 tonne

2.5 kg.

5 kg.

4 kg.

8 kg.

20 tonne

3 kg.

6 kg.

5 kg.

10 kg.

25 tonne

3.5 kg.

7 kg.

6 kg.

12 kg.

30 tonne

4 kg.

8 kg.

7 kg.

14 kg.

35 tonne

4 kg.

8 kg.

7 kg.

14 kg.

40 tonne

5 kg.

10 kg.

7 kg.

14 kg.

50 tonne

5.5 kg.

11 kg.

8.5 kg.

16 kg.

60 tonne

5.5 kg.

11 kg.

8 kg.

17 kg.

75 tonne

6 kg.

12 kg.

10 kg.

20 kg.

[Issue 1]104

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]
Sensitivity when Fully
LoadedCapacity of
Instrument

On
Verification

Maximum Permissible Error in Excess or Deficiency
when Fully Loaded

On Inspection
orRe-verification

On Verification

1

2

3

Non-Self
IndicatingType
4

80 tonne
100 tonne
150 tonne
200 tonne
250 tonne
300 tonne
400 tonne

6 kg.
6.5 kg.
8 kg.
9 kg.
12 kg.
15 kg.
20 kg.

12 kg.
13 kg.
16 kg.
18 kg.
24 kg.
30 kg.
40 kg.

10 kg.
11.5 kg.
15 kg.
19 kg.
25 kg.
30 kg.
40 kg.

Self or Semiself Indicating
Type
5

On Inspection or Reverification
Non-Self
Indicating
Type
6

Self or SemiSelf IndicatingType
7

20 kg.
23 kg.
30 kg.
38 kg.
50 kg.
60 kg.
80 kg.

PART XII – CRANE WEIGHING MACHINES
116. Stamping(1) On non-self-indicating weighbridges and platform machines the stamping plug
shall be inserted either in the shoulder or the nose-end of the steelyard.
(2) On self or semi-self-indicating weighbridges and platform machines the stamping
plug shall be inserted in a conspicuous part of the dial, pillar, beam or housing of the
instrument.
(3) Where a platform machine or weighbridge is stamped after the completion of thetests, any loose poises associated with the instrument shall be date marked in the samemanner as the instrument.
117. Construction
The term “crane weighing machine” means a weighing instrument which is speciallyconstructed for suspension from the hook of a crane and which has a load receptor in theform of a hook.
[L.N. 56/1996, s. 11.]118. Definition(1) Crane weighing machines may be constructed upon lever, spring or hydraulicprinciple and shall comply with such of the provisions of these Rules relating to platformmachines as may be applicable.
(2) All working parts of crane weighing machines shall be protected from damp anddust.
(3) The steelyard on crane weighing machines constructed upon the lever principle
shall be rigid and may be made of special metal to resist atmospheric influences.
(4) The racks and pinions on instruments fitted with dials shall be made of hard metalor other material approved by the Director.
(5) On a crane weighing machine in which the dial is an integral part of themechanism suspended from the hook, the width of a scale division shall not be less than 3mm.
(6) No crane weighing machine shall become a permanent link in the lifting gear.

105[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

119. Range of balancing arrangement and twisting of load hook
(1) The range of any balancing or adjusting arrangement for crane weighing machines
shall not exceed 2 per cent of the capacity of the instrument.
(2) Hydraulic weighing machines in which it is necessary to twist the hook in order toobtain a correct indication of weight, shall not be stamped unless a prominent notice tothat effect is permanently affixed to the instrument.
120. Testing(1) Crane weighing machines may be verified and stamped on the maker’s premises.
(2) In addition to any relevant tests specified in rules 70 to 76—(a)a crane weighing machine shall, if practicable be tested at each numberedgraduation up to the capacity of the instrument; and(b)the steelyard or indicator shall move freely and the pointer shall return to its
initial starting point after the load has been removed.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

121. Permissible errors and sensitivity(1) The maximum permissible errors on verification and on inspection or re-verificationof crane weighing machines shall be—(a)in the case of lever machines of—(i) less than one tonne capacity, the same as for vibrating platformmachines of similar capacities; and(ii) one tonne capacity and above, the same as for vibrating
weighbridges of similar capacities;(b)in the case of spring machines, double those for lever machines;(c)in the case of hydraulic machines used as approximate weighers forascertaining freight and for checking-in purposes, one-half of a scale
division.

(2) The sensitivity allowed for crane weighing machines constructed on the leverprinciple shall be—(a)

for an instrument of a capacity below one tonne, the same as for vibrating
platform machines of similar capacity; and(b)

for an instrument of a capacity of one tonne and above, the same as for avibrating weighbridge of similar capacity.

(3) Crane weighing machines constructed on the spring and the hydraulic principles
shall not be tested for sensitivity.
122. Stamping
The stamping plug on crane weighing machines shall be placed on a conspicuous parteither on the steelyard or on the dial of the machine.

PART XIII – AUTOMATIC WEIGHING MACHINES
123. Definition
The term “automatic weighing machine” means a machine in which special selfacting machinery is introduced to effect—(a)

an automatic feed; or(b)the rapid weighing of pre-determined quantities; or[Issue 1]106[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](c)the registration and summation of loads; or(d)other similar purposes, or some of them.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

124. Construction(1) Every automatic weighing machine and its integral parts shall as far as practicable,
satisfy those requirements of these Rules which are applicable to the type, class ordescription of weighing instrument to which the machine nearly relates.
(2) Any adjusting mechanism on automatic weighing machines shall be so secured
and protected that it cannot readily be tampered with.
(3) Where a manual control is fitted to operate the discharge of the load, it shall be
inoperable when the weighing machine is in action.
(4) Where an automatic weighing machine is fitted with a mechanism to compensate
for material in flight after the feed has stopped, the mechanism shall have a range ofadjustment sufficient for any load of any material which the machine is designed to weigh.
(5) Any attachments in an automatic weighing machine for ascertaining the weight ofpart loads or residues shall have the same weighing capacity as that of the machine ofwhich they form part.
(6) The interior surfaces of all weighing hoppers shall be such as not to impede theready discharge of the whole contents and shall be so constructed as to facilitate
complete discharge of the contents.
(7) The surfaces of all parts of the weighing mechanism including the weighing hopper
and weight hopper or pan shall be shaped in such a manner or suitably protected in sucha manner as to minimize the accumulation of dust or material on such parts.
125. Beams to be identified with the instrument
All beams of automatic weighing machines shall be identified with the instruments towhich they relate by means of a number or other sufficient mark of identification whichshall be indelible.
126. Machine for weighing pre-determined loads
Automatic weighing machines for use for pre-determined loads shall be constructed insuch manner that the feed to and the discharge from the weighing hopper (or load
receptor) of the material being weighed cannot occur simultaneously.
127. Testing(1) Automatic weighing machines shall be tested and stamped only when they arepermanently erected in their place of use.
(2) Every automatic weighing machine shall be tested by taking any 30 consecutive
loads weighed by the machine and re-weighing the same loads on another previously
verified weighing instrument:
Provided that if the Inspector thinks fit he may so weigh and re-weigh more than 30
separate loads of which any 30 separate consecutive loads may be treated as test loads.
(3) Where the testing procedure specified in paragraph (2) is not practicable, themachine may be tested by—(a)testing the accuracy of the visible indicator or pointer by directly applying to
the machine the appropriate standard weights; and(b)testing the accuracy of any 30 consecutive loads weighed in the weighing
hopper by reference to the visible indicator or pointer.

107[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](4) In addition to the tests specified in paragraph (2) and (3) the accuracy of an
automatic weighing machine shall be tested by re-weighing a total test load equal to notless than forty times the maximum capacity for which it is designed, on another previously
verified instrument:
Provided that the total test load shall be built up from individual loads varying fromthe minimum to maximum capacity of the machine:
Provided further that where this test is not practicable the machine shall be testedby the application of standard weights as specified in paragraph (3).
128. Maximum permissible errors
The maximum permissible errors on verification and on inspection or re-verification of
an automatic weighing machine shall—(a)when tested by the application of standard weight, be as given in Table 13
below—TABLE 13 – AUTOMATIC WEIGHING MACHINES MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE
ERROR OF INDICATOR
Maximum Permissible Error in
Excess or in Deficiency when
Fully Loaded

Capacity of Machine
1 kg.
2 kg.
3 kg.
5 kg.
10 kg.
15 kg.
20 kg.
25 kg.
50 kg.
100 kg.
150 kg.
200 kg.
250 kg.
300 kg.
500 kg.
1,000 kg.
1,500 kg.
2,000 kg.

(b)

[Issue 1]

2 g.
3 g.
4 g.
6 g.
7 g.
10 g.
15 g.
20 g.
30 g.
40 g.
60 g.
70 g.
80 g.
100 g.
160 g.
280 g.
360 g.
450 g.

when tested by the re-weighing of the load, be—(i) for machines not exceeding 5 kg., 0.5 per cent in excess only of the
purported weight of each test load:
Provided that where in the opinion of the inspector the maximum unit
weight of the product makes it desirable in any test load which
exceeds 0.5 per cent in excess of the purported weight of the test
load, the single piece or item which appears to be the largest single
piece or item in that test load shall be removed and the test load thenre-weighed, and such test load shall not then exceed 0.5 per cent inexcess of the purported weight of the test load;

108

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

(ii)
(iii)
(iv)

for machines exceeding 5 kg. capacity, 0.5 per cent in excess ordeficiency of the purported weight of each test load;
for machines used only for the weighing of grain, 0.25 per cent inexcess or deficiency of the purported weight of each test load;
for machines used only for the weighing of solid fuel and of capacityof 100 kg. or less, 2 per cent in excess only of the purported weight ofeach test load.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

129. Stamping
The stamp of verification on automatic weighing machines shall be placed on the plugor stud provided for that purpose on a conspicuous part of the instrument.

PART XIV – BELT CONVEYOR WEIGHING MACHINES
130. Definition(1) A “belt conveyor weighing machine” means a totalizing weighing machine inwhich the load is carried on an endless flexible belt supported by a roller or rollers
attached to the weighing mechanism.
(2) Belt conveyor weighing machines (hereinafter referred to as belt-weighers) shallbe either Class I or Class II.
(3) Class I belt weighers shall be those that satisfy the following requirements—(a)the totalization scale division shall neither be less than 0.002 per cent nor
more than 0.05 percent of the load totalized in one hour at the maximum
flow rate of the instrument; and(b)the scale division of the zero indicator shall not exceed the totalization scale
division and shall also not exceed the following values of the load totalisedby the instrument in one hour at its maximum flow rate—(i) 0.005 per cent for analogue indication; and(ii) 0.0025 per cent for digital indication;(c)the scale division of the test indicator shall not exceed the totalization scale
division and shall also not exceed the following values of the load totalisedby the instrument in one hour at its minimum flow rate—(i) 0.2 per cent in the case of analogue indication; and(ii) 0.1 per cent in the case of digital indication.

(4) Class II belt weighers shall be those that satisfy the following requirements—(a)the totalization scale division shall be neither less than 0.004 per cent nor
more than 0.1 percent of the load totalised in one hour at the maximum flowrate of the instrument; and(b)the scale division of the zero indicator shall not exceed the totalization scale
division and shall also not exceed the following values of the load totalized
by the instrument in one hour at maximum flow rate—(i) 0.01 percent in the case of analogue indication; and(ii) 0.005 percent in the case of digital indication;(c)the scale division of the test indicator shall not exceed the totalisation scale
division and shall also not exceed the following values of the load totalised
in one hour at the minimum flow rate of the instrument—(i) 0.4 percent in the case of analogue indication; and(ii) 0.2 percent in the case of digital indication.

109[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]131. Construction
Every beltweigher shall—(a)be so constructed that—(i)the effects resulting from any maladjustment likely to disturb its
operation shall be easily detectable;(ii)

any totalizing and printing devices which indicate only positive values
are disengaged when the belt operates unloaded and are engaged
on the application of load;(iii)

every indicating device has the same or equivalent totalization scale
divisions;(b)have its controls so designed that either they cannot come to rest in
positions other than those intended, or all indications and printing are
impossible with the controls resting in the wrong positions;(c)be legibly and durably marked with—(i)its class of accuracy;(ii)

the maximum and minimum flow rate;(iii)

the totalization scale division;(iv)

the nominal speed of the conveyor belt;(v)

the minimum totalized load.

132. Testing(1) Beltweighers shall be tested and stamped only when they are permanently erectedin their places of use.
(2) The machine shall be tested by passing through it a quantity of material not lessthan the minimum totalized load (hereinafter referred to as “test load”), at both the
maximum flow rate and a flow rate below 50 per cent of the maximum flow rate; and thencomparing the indications of the beltweigher with the weight of the test load as determined(either before or after passing through the beltweigher) by means of a previously verified
instrument:
Provided that before the commencement of the test a beltweigher shall be allowed
to operate, loaded or unloaded, for at least half an hour at the average speed.
133. Errors
The maximum permissible errors on beltweighers shall be—(a)in the case of Class I instruments, 0.5 per cent in excess or deficiency of thetest load at any flow rate between 20 percent and 100 percent of the
maximum flow rate on verification and on inspection or re-verification, twice
the error on verification;(b)in the case of Class II instruments, 1 per cent in excess or deficiency of thetest load at any flow rate between 20 per cent and 100 per cent of the
maximum flow rate on verification and on inspection or re-verification, twice
the errors on verification.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

134. Stamping
The stamp of verification on totalizing weighing machines shall be placed on the plugor stud provided for that purpose on a conspicuous part of the instrument.

[Issue 1]110[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]PART XV – EGG-GRADING MACHINES
135. Definition and types(1) The term “egg-grading machine” means a machine designed for use in thegrading by reference to weight of hen’s eggs in shell (other than a machine used only todetermine the actual weight of such eggs).
(2) Egg-grading machines shall be divided into two types—(a)Type “A” includes machines in which—(i) each weighing unit is designed to grade eggs into one grade only;
and(ii) at least one weighing unit is designed to grade eggs into one of thegrades specified in Table 14;(b)

Type “B” includes machines in which—(i) each weighing unit is designed to grade eggs into more than one
grade; and(ii) at least one such grade is one of those specified in Table 14 below—

TABLE 14 – GRADES OF EGGS
1

2

Grade

Weight Range of Grade

Extra large ........................................................
Large ................................................................
Standard ...........................................................
Small .................................................................
Sub-grade .........................................................

Not less than 65 g.
Less than 65 g. but not less than 55 g.
Less than 55 g. but not less than 50g.
Less than 50 g. but not less than 45 g.
Less than 45 g.

136. Testing(1) No egg-grading machine shall be tested unless—(a)(b)

in the case of a power operated machine, it is completely erected ready for
use and installed at the place where it is to be used for trade; andeach tray or other receptacle in the machine into which eggs are depositedon being graded by the weighing unit is clearly and legibly marked toindicate the weight range to which the tray or receptacle relates.

(2) Before testing any egg-grading machine, the inspector may, if he thinks fit,
disconnect any counting or marking apparatus that may be associated with the machine.
(3) Every egg-grading machine shall be tested in the appropriate manner specified in
the Ninth Schedule and shall not be stamped unless it satisfies the appropriate test
specified in the said Schedule.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

137. Stamping
The stamp of verification shall be placed on a plug or stud provided for that purpose on
a conspicuous part of the machine.

PART XVI – PERSON WEIGHING MACHINES
138. Definition
The term “person weighing machine” means a weighing instrument for weighing
persons which is made available for use by the public, whether on payment or otherwise.

111[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]139. Marking
No person weighing machine shall be accepted for verification unless it is conspicuously,
legibly and durably marked with—(a)the name and address of the person making the machine available to the
public; and(b)

the words “For Weighing Persons only” or some similar expression.

140. Construction
Every person weighing machine shall comply with those requirements of these Rules
which relate to materials and principles of construction and which are applicable to aweighing instrument of a type, class or description to which the person weighing machine
belongs.
141. Graduation and weight increment(1) The graduation lines on person weighing machines shall not be less than 8 mmlong and—(a)in the case of an instrument of a capacity not exceeding 20 kg., shall not beless than 2.0 mm apart;(b)in any other case, shall not be less than 2.5 mm apart:
Provided that where an instrument is so constructed that the graduations arenormally viewed through a magnifying lens, or projected on a screen, it shall be deemed
to be sufficient compliance with this paragraph if the graduation lines when so viewed,
appear to be the required distance apart and of the required length.
(2) No weight increment on a person weighing machine shall exceed the amounts
shown in Table 15 below—

TABLE 15—PERSON WEIGHING MACHINES
1

2

Capacity of Instrument

Maximum Weight Increment

Less than 5 kg. .................................................................................
Exceeding 5 kg. but not exceeding 10 kg. ........................................
Exceeding 10 kg. but not exceeding 20 kg. ......................................
Exceeding 20 kg. but not exceeding 50 kg. ......................................
Exceeding 50 kg. but not exceeding 150 kg. ....................................
Exceeding 150 kg. but not exceeding 300 kg. ..................................
Exceeding 300 kg. but not exceeding 500 kg. ..................................
Over 500 kg. .....................................................................................

20 g.
50 g.
100 g.
200 g.
500 g.
1 kg.
2 kg.
5 kg.

(3) The difference between the weights represented by consecutive numberedgraduation lines shall not exceed 5 kg.
(4) Where the graduation lines do not commence at zero, the position of the pointerwhen there is no load on the instrument shall be clearly indicated by a zero mark.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

142. Ticket printing devices(1) Where a person weighing machine is fitted with a ticket printing device the device
shall be such that the weight is printed clearly and legibly.

[Issue 1]112

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](2) Where the weight is indicated on a ticket by means of an arrow which points to a
graduated scale—(a)the arrow shall be sharply defined;(b)the ends of the graduation lines which are nearer to the head of the arrow
shall all be in line;(c)the distance between the head of the arrow and a line passing through thenearer ends of the graduation lines shall not exceed 2 mm;(d)the graduation lines shall not be less than 2 mm long or less than 2 mmapart;(e)alternate graduation lines shall be clearly and legibly marked with the weight
they represent and no less than two such marked graduation lines shallappear on every ticket;(f)no less than one graduation line shall appear on either side of the point
indicated by the arrow;(g)

the weight increments which the instrument is capable of indicating shall not
exceed—(i) in the case of a self-indicating instrument, the smallest weightincrement which the machine is capable of indicating otherwise thanon a ticket;(ii) in any other case, the amount shown in column 2 of Table 15 of rule
141 being the amount appropriate to the capacity of the instrument.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

143. Announcement of weight
Where a person weighing machine is fitted with a device for announcing the weight, it
shall—(a)announce the weight correctly; and(b)

not be capable of announcing weight increment which exceeds—(i) in the case of a self-indicating instrument, the smallest weightincrement which the instrument is capable of indicating otherwise
than by announcement;(ii) in any other case, the amount shown in column 2 of Table 15 of rule
141 being the amount appropriate to the capacity of the instrument.

144. Coin operated person weighers
Every person weighing machine which is designed to be operated by means of a coinshall be fitted with a suitable coin box and—(a)shall bear a notice giving clear instructions as to the method of operationnecessary to ensure correct indications of weight and stating thedenomination of coin to be inserted;(b)when the supply of tickets, in the case of a ticket printing coin-operated
instrument, is exhausted, either the coin slot shall automatically be closed or
any coin placed in the slot shall be returned to the person inserting it.

145. Testing(1) Every person weighing machine shall be tested in accordance with those
provisions of these Rules which relate to the testing of a weighing instrument of the type,class or description to which the person weighing machine belongs:
Provided that any reference in the said provisions to the maximum permissible error
shall be construed as a reference to the maximum permissible errors specified in rule 142.

113

[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](2) In the case of a coin-operated instrument, the coin mechanism shall be tested by
the insertion of a coin (or a disc approved for the purpose by the Director).
146. Maximum permissible errors(1) The maximum permissible errors on the verification of person weighing machines
shall be—(a)in the case of a self-indicating instrument not provided with a ticket printer or
device for announcing weight, one-half of smallest weight increment which
the instrument is capable of indicating in excess or in deficiency;(b)in the case of an instrument fitted with a device for indicating the weight ona ticket or for announcing the weight, one-half of the smallest weightincrement which the instrument is capable of indicating on a ticket or
announcing, as the case may be, in excess or in deficiency;(c)in the case of any other instrument, the errors specified in these Rules,
which are applicable to a weighing instrument of the type, class ordescription to which the person weighing machine belongs.

(2) The maximum permissible errors on inspection or re-verification shall be twice
those specified in paragraph (1).
147. Stamping
The stamp of verification shall be placed on a plug or stud provided for that purpose on
a conspicuous part of the instrument.

PART XVII – DISPENSING PUMPS
148. Definition“Dispensing Pump” means a liquid fuel measuring instrument which has a meter or
one or more measuring chambers and with a maximum rate of delivery not exceeding 100
litres per minute; and “liquid fuel” includes lubricants or any other mixture of liquid fueland lubricants.
149. Construction
No dispensing pump for use in the presence of a buyer shall—(a)have more than one outlet for measured liquid unless an automaticmechanism is provided to ensure that liquid can flow from only one outlet at
a time;(b)

be installed in such a manner that the nozzle, or delivery outlet, of the
instrument can deliver measured liquid fuel directly into any storage tank of
the instrument.

150. Installation(1) A dispensing pump which forms part of a fixed installation shall be so positionedthat a buyer may readily obtain a clear and an unobstructed view of—(a)

all the operations carried out by any person using the instrument tomeasure the liquid fuel being supplied to the buyer; and(b)

any device on the instrument which indicates the quantity supplied or theamount payable, or that delivery is being effected.

(2) Where a dispensing pump is connected to two or more storage tanks suitable
valves shall be fitted in each suction line, or at the junction of the suction lines so that any
line can be closed when the corresponding tank is empty.

[Issue 1]114

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]151. Dispensing pumps to have inter-lock and zero setting mechanism(1) Every dispensing pump, other than piston or container type instruments, shall—(a)have a zero reset mechanism so constructed that a delivery having been
completed and—(i)the solenoid valve de-energized; or(ii)

in the case of manually operated instruments, the motor switched off(or the starter switch in the “off” position), it shall not be possible to
make a further delivery until every individual sales indicator has been
reset to zero:
Provided that this sub-paragraph shall not apply to any instrument
intended only for measurement of lubricating oil or other liquids ofhigh viscosity;

(b)

(c)

have the starting mechanism so constructed that the delivery nozzle cannot
be hung up on its normal position, or what appears to be its normal position
until—(i)the solenoid valve is de-energized; or(ii)

in the case of manually operated instruments, the motor is switchedoff (or the starter switch is in the “off” position); and the expression“Normal position” shall, for the purpose of this subparagraph, betaken to mean the nozzle being properly located on its hung up hookwith its spout in the holster;

be so constructed that the re-set mechanism cannot be operated whilst thesolenoid valve is energized or, in the case of manually operated
instruments, the motor is switched off (or the starter switch is in the “off”
position).

(2) The housing of every dispensing pump, other than a piston or container type
instrument, shall be so constructed as to permit ready access to the interior of the
instrument for the purpose of inspection and stamping.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

152. Calibration device(1) Every dispensing pump shall be provided with a calibration device designed insuch a manner as to permit adjustment of the ratio between indicated quantity and theactual quantity of liquid passing through the meter.
(2) Where the calibration device modifies the relation in a digital manner theconsecutive value of the relationship shall not differ by more than 0.002.
(3) Adjustment of the instrument by means of a by-pass valve on the meter shall not
be permitted.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

153. Certificate of notice of approval number
Every dispensing pump submitted for verification shall—(a)be legibly and durably marked with the certificate number or the number ofthe notice of approval issued, or duly adopted, by the Director in respect ofthe pattern in accordance with which it is made, preceded by the words“Certificate No” or “Notice No” as the case may be; and(b)where it is made in accordance with an authorization of the Director, bear alegible and durable indication of the date of such authorization preceded by
the letter “M”.

115

[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]154. Marking of grade of productEvery dispensing pump shall be marked with the identity or grade of the product that itis meant to deliver, or if the product is a mixture, with an indication as to the ratio of the
mixture; and where the instrument will only give correct deliveries when used with liquids
having particular properties or under particular operating conditions, it shall beconspicuously and clearly marked to indicate such limitations.
155. Manner of marking the quantity(1) Every indication of quantity on a dispensing pump shall be marked either in full orby means only of one or other of the abbreviations specified in the First Schedule:
Provided that the indication may be shown by figures only where the unit ofmeasurement is boldly marked on the display panel of the instrument, or the container;
and provided also that the unit of measurement is in immediate association with such
figures so that no confusion can arise therefrom.
(2) In the case of an instrument which is designed to deliver pre-determined quantities
by using stops or other setting devices—(a)the position for the proper setting of each stop or setting device shall bepositively and accurately defined and marked; and(b)adequate provision against inadvertent displacement from this position shallbe made; and(c)the delivery for which the instrument is set shall be clearly andconspicuously indicated.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

156. Price indication
A dispensing pump of the price-computing type shall display the “price per litre” onevery display panel and the indications of price shall either be in full or by the following
abbreviations only—
Shillings ............................................................................... shs.
Cents .................................................................................... cts.

157. Markings to be conspicuous, legible and on contrasting background
Every marking, notice, inscription or indication on a dispensing pump having reference
to its method of operation or to the quantity delivered, shall be conspicuously and legibly
marked in a suitable position of the instrument in plain block characters on a plain
background and in distinct colour contrasting thereto.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

158. Individual sales indicator(1) Every dispensing pump for use in the presence of a buyer shall be provided withan individual sales indicator so graduated as to indicate all possible deliveries; and anyother counting or totalizing device that may be provided shall be so arranged as to avoid
any possibility of confusion with an individual sales indicator.
(2) When an instrument is provided with more than one individual sales indicator, all
the indicators shall give the same or equivalent quantity readings.
(3) Any electronic individual sales indicator shall be constructed such that in the eventof power failure the indications of the quantity delivered up to the time of the power failure
can be re-called (on at least one display panel where the instrument has more than one)for a total time of at least 5 minutes over a period of at least 30 minutes after the power
failure.

[Issue 1]116

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](4) Every individual sales indicator shall be arranged so that indication cannot be
advanced—(a)by means other than by the flow of liquid through the instrument; and(b)beyond the zero graduation line.

(5) In the case of the dispensing pumps of the twin or multiple container type, theindividual sales indicator shall be so arranged as not to register before the discharge fromeach container respectively has commenced.
(6) No audible or other signals of discharge of liquid which can be operated to signal
before the movement of the individual sales indicator is completed shall be permitted.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

159. Quantity indicators(1) On dispensing pumps, other than container type instruments, every pointer orindicator used with a graduated scale or dial to indicate quantity of liquid delivered or its
total price shall be symmetrical about the line at which it stands.
(2) Any such pointer or indicator—(a)shall reach the graduation lines; and its extremity shall not be wider thansuch graduation lines; or(b)

if in the same plane as the graduation line, shall not be more than 1.5 mm.
from their ends.

160. Graduations(1) Every indicating device on a dispensing pump shall be graduated and numbered innumerical sequence in one direction only.
(2) The graduations shall be straight and of uniform thickness and the thickness shallnot exceed one-fourth of the smallest scale division.
(3) The actual or optically magnified width of the smallest scale division shall not beless than 2 mm.
(4) The value of the scale division shall be equal to 1, 2, or 5 litres or decimal multiple
or submultiple thereof.
161. Numbering(1) All figures associated with graduation lines on any indicating device shall be
uniformly placed in reference to those lines and shall be as close thereto as practicable
but not so as to interfere with the accuracy of the reading.
(2) The actual or optically magnified height of the figures shall not be less than 4 mm.
(3) In the case of an instrument fitted with a digital indicator the figures shall not beless than 18 mm. in height.
(4) Where an indicator has an analogue scale only part of which is visible through anaperture or window, the size of the aperture measured parallel to the direction of thescale, shall be at least equal to 1.5 times the distance between two numbered graduationlines.
(5) Where a dispensing pump is fitted with a ticket-printing mechanism, any letters,
symbols or digits indicating the quantity, unit price and total price shall be clear and legible
and shall not be less than 4 mm. in height; and if the mechanism prints the total price on
the ticket, the unit price must also be printed and the words “total price” and “price per
litre” shall appear in appropriate positions in letters not less than 3 mm. in height.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

117[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

162. Discharge indicators
Every dispensing pump, other than an instrument for the measurement of lubricating
oil or other liquids of high viscosity, shall be fitted either—(a)with a device to show that the container or containers are properly filled ordischarged; or(b)with a device to show that the instrument is properly primed before use, andthat the liquid is flowing through the instrument.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

163. Swing arm and drainage of hose
(1) Where a dispensing pump is provided with swing arm or other form of rigid
extension pipe, such arm or pipe shall be so constructed as either—(a)to empty itself completely through the delivery outlet; or(b)

to remain permanently filled up to the nozzle; in which case the device
referred to in paragraph (b) of rule 162 shall be fitted at the highest point of
the swing arm or extension pipe.

(2) A flexible discharge hose, together with any swing arm or extension pipe which
empties itself on delivery, shall be so arranged as to facilitate drainage of the liquid.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

164. Length of hose
No dispensing pump shall be fitted with a flexible discharge hose exceeding 5 metresin length:
Provided that this rule shall not apply to instruments for use for the delivery of—(a)liquid fuel to ships or aircraft;(b)

lubricants.

165. Mode of testing(1) A dispensing pump shall be tested under practical working conditions with theliquid the instrument is intended to deliver (or a liquid having similar characteristics) by
reference to standard measures or testing equipment, or gravimetrically.
(2) No dispensing pump shall be tested unless—(a)

it is complete with all parts and attachments concerned in the operations ofmeasurement and delivery; and(b)

all packing glands, couplings and joints are free from leaks.

(3) A dispensing pump intended to be permanently fixed in the position in which it is to
be used shall be tested and stamped only when completely erected ready for use andinstalled at the place where it is to be used.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

166. Pre-requisites to testing
Before testing a dispensing pump the inspector shall ensure—(a)that liquid has been passed through the instrument:
Provided that the requirements of this paragraph shall not apply to
instruments in which the delivery hose remains permanently filled up to thenozzle;(b)[Issue 1]that any safe-guarding interlock or limiting mechanism and other automatic
devices are functioning satisfactorily.

118

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

167. Correct delivery within maximum and minimum flowrates(1) Every dispensing pump shall deliver correctly when it is operated at any speed
between its maximum speed of operation and a speed of 10 litres per minute:
Provided that where an instrument is found to have maximum speed of operation
lower than 40 litres per minute, the test at minimum speed shall be carried out at a rate of
not less than 25 percent of the maximum speed obtained with the instrument.
(2) The speed of operation for any single delivery during testing shall be as uniform as
possible.
(3) In the case of an instrument connected to two or more storage tanks, any quantityof liquid delivered shall be within the maximum permissible error when—(a)each suction line is opened in turn and the remainder closed;(b)where practicable all suction lines are opened, regardless of the fact thatsome storage tanks may be empty:

Provided that the requirements of this rule shall not apply to instruments arranged
to blend liquids drawn from two or more storage tanks into a liquid which is then measured
and delivered at a single delivery point.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

168. Price computing instruments
The inspector shall ascertain that any dispensing pump which is so constructed as tocalculate and indicate price, number or any other dependent function of the quantity
measured shall indicate such information correctly, and in the case of pre-set instrument,that the mechanism functions correctly.
169. Inspector to be provided with the liquid for testing(1) For the purpose of the performance by an inspector of his test, the person incharge of the instrument shall, if requested by the inspector, provide for the inspector’s
use such liquid as the inspector may reasonably require.
(2) Any liquid withdrawn from any tank or container for the purposes of an inspector’s
test of an instrument shall, upon the conclusion of the test, be forthwith returned to thetank or container from which it was withdrawn or, be placed in another receptacle provided
by the person in-charge of the instrument.
(3) The inspector shall, if requested, furnish the person in-charge of the instrumentwith a signed and dated statement of the quantity of liquid withdrawn from the tank or
container and returned as aforesaid.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

170. Power of inspector to break seals
An inspector may open any locked or sealed tank or container from which liquid may
have been withdrawn for the purpose of his tests in order to return the said liquid thereto
and, immediately after the liquid has been so returned, he shall securely refasten the saidtank or container and he shall replace any seal or link broken by him in opening the saidtank or container with a seal upon which he shall affix his stamp.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

171. Authorization of persons who erect, repair or adjust dispensing pumps
The Director may authorize any fit and proper person employed in the erection, repair
and adjustment of dispensing pumps to break any seal or sealing device on any

119[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

instrument which that person intends to erect, repair or adjust, and to seal or re-seal thesame subject to the following conditions—(a)the person seeking authorization must satisfy the Director that hepossesses the necessary technical know-how to engage in the repair of the
instrument;(b)

the Director may withdraw any authorization at any time;(c)the person authorized shall examine and verify instruments in accordancewith directions given by an inspector;(d)the person authorized shall seal or re-seal any dispensing pump only bymeans of stamping pliers so constructed as to impress upon every seal orsealing device such mark and number as the Director may allot to him forthe purpose of identification;(e)the person authorized shall forward to the inspector in charge of Weights
and Measures administration for the area in which the instrument is situateda notice in writing, containing the following information—(i)the location of, and particulars by which the instrument may be
identified;(ii)

the date on which the authorized person intends to erect, repair or
adjust the instrument;(iii)

the business name and address of the proprietor of the instrument;
and

(iv)

the name, authorization number and address of the authorised
person.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

172. Maximum permissible errors(1) The maximum permissible errors on a dispensing pump shall not exceed—(a)on verification 0.25 per cent of the quantity delivered in excess only; and(b)on re-verification or inspection, 0.5 per cent of the quantity delivered inexcess or 0.25 per cent of the quantity delivered in deficiency.

(2) The dilation error of the delivery hose of a dispensing pump in normal conditions ofuse, shall not exceed 50 ml.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

173. Stamping(1) Every dispensing pump shall be provided with one or more plugs, seals or sealing
devices to protect all stops or other adjustable parts affecting the quantity delivered, orwith such alternative sealing arrangements as may be authorized by the Director.
(2) The stamp of verification shall be placed on all such plugs, seals and sealing
devices as the case may be.
[L.N. 56/1996, s 12.]PART XVIII – BULK METERS
174. Definition
The term “bulk meter” means a measuring instrument designed to measure liquids(other than water) at a maximum rate of delivery exceeding 100 litres per minute andinclude a vehicle tank meter.

[Issue 1]120[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

175. Construction and installation(1) Bulk meters shall—(a)be constructed of aluminium alloys, bronze, brass, stainless steel or special
steel or any other material approved by the Director;(b)have devices which—(i) remove from the liquid being measured all particles which are
injurious to the meter and which might impair its accuracy; and(ii) prevent air from passing through the meter to such an extent as toaffect the accuracy of delivery;(c)have a zero reset mechanism.

(2) Where a flow control valve is fitted it shall—(a)be installed at the outlet of the meter; or(b)where installed on the inlet side of the meter, be located at a sufficientdistance on the upstream side to ensure a uniform steady flow through themeter.

(3) Bulk meters shall be installed in such a manner that the register is clearly readable
by the operator from the control point and they shall not be installed on the suction side of
the pump.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

176. Safety device and temperature monitor
Every bulk meter mounted on a vehicle and intended for the measurement of liquefied
petroleum gas, shall be provided with a suitable safety device and mechanism fordetermining the temperature of the liquid gas as it leaves the instrument.
177. Calibration device(1) Every bulk meter shall be provided with a calibration device designed in such amanner as to permit adjustment of the ratio between indicated quantity and the actual
quantity of liquid passing through the meter.
(2) Where the calibration device modifies the ratio in a digital manner the consecutive
value of the relationship shall not differ by more than 0.002.
178. Marking(1) Every bulk meter shall be conspicuously, clearly and prominently marked with thefollowing—(a)the name and address of the manufacturer or his registered trade mark;(b)

the serial number and year of manufacture of the meter;(c)the certificate of approval number or the number of the notice of approvalissued, or duly adopted, by the Director in respect of the pattern inaccordance with which it is made, preceded by the words “certificate No.” or“Notice No.” as the case may be;(d)the type of liquids which the instrument is designed to measure and thelimits of Kinematic or dynamic viscosity, if the indication of the nature of theliquids is inadequate to characterize their viscosity;(e)the maximum and minimum flow rates in litres or cubic meters per minute:
Provided that the values of maximum and minimum rates of flow of a meter shall be
fixed in the light of the results of the model approved test and the ratio between the rates
of flow shall not be greater than 10 for ordinary meters or 5 for meters for liquefied gas.

121

[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](2) Where there is a possibility of confusion with regard to the direction of flow of theliquid through a bulk meter, the direction of flow shall be indicated by an arrow on thecasing of the meter.
179. Quantity indication(1) Every bulk meter shall be provided with an individual quantity indicator so
graduated as to indicate all possible deliveries; and any other counting or totalizing device
that may be provided shall be so arranged as to avoid any possibility of confusion with theindividual quantity indicator.
(2) When a bulk meter is provided with more than one individual quantity indicator all
the indicators shall give the same or equivalent quantity readings.
(3) Every quantity indicator shall be so arranged that indication can only be advancedby the flow of liquid through the instrument and no registration shall take place when the
supply of the liquid fails.
(4) Any electronic individual indicator shall be constructed such that in the event of
power failure the indications of the quantity delivered up to the time of the power failure
can be recalled (on at least one display panel where the instrument has more than one)for a total time of at least 5 minutes over a period of at least 30 minutes after the power
failure.
180. Manner of marking quantity(1) Every indication of quantity on a bulk meter shall be marked either in full or bymeans only of one or other of the abbreviations specified in the First Schedule:
Provided that the indication may be shown by figures only where the unit ofmeasurement is boldly marked on the display panel of the instrument and provided alsothat the unit of measurement is in immediate association with such figures so that noconfusion can arise therefrom.
(2) In the case of a bulk meter which is designed to deliver pre-determined quantities
by using pre-setting devices—(a)the position for the proper setting of each setting device shall be positively
and accurately defined and marked; and(b)adequate provision against inadvertent displacement from this position shallbe made; and(c)the delivery for which the instrument is set shall be clearly andconspicuously indicated; and(d)

the delivery shall automatically stop when the pre-set volume has beendelivered.

181. Graduations(1) Every indicating device on a bulk meter shall be graduated and numbered innumerical sequence in one direction only.
(2) The graduations shall be straight and of uniform thickness and the thickness shallnot exceed one-fourth of the smallest scale division.
(3) The actual or optically magnified width of the smallest scale division shall not beless than 2 mm.
(4) The value of the scale division shall be equal to 1, 2 or 5 litres or decimal multiples
thereof.

[Issue 1]122[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

182. Numbering(1) All figures associated with graduation lines on any indicating device shall be
uniformly placed in reference to those lines and shall be as close thereto as practicable
but not so as to interfere with the accuracy of the reading.
(2) In the case of an instrument fitted with an analogue indicator, the actual or opticallymagnified height of the figures shall not be less than 4 mm.
(3) In the case of an instrument fitted with a digital indicator the figures shall not beless than 18 mm. in height:
Provided that in the case of a bulk meter used for pre-set deliveries, the height of
the figures shall not be less than 9 mm.
(4) Where an indicator has an analogue scale only part of which is visible through anaperture or window, the size of the aperture measured parallel to the direction of the scale
shall be at least equal to 1.5 times the distance between two numbered graduation lines.
183. Testing(1) All bulk meters shall be tested under conditions which duplicate normal operation
conditions as closely as possible and with the liquid the instrument is intended to deliver ora liquid having similar characteristics.
(2) Testing shall be done—(a)by reference to a master meter or a proving tank of sufficient size to containat least one minute’s flow through the meter at its normal operating rate
when used for bulk loading; or(b)gravimetrically.

(3) No bulk meter shall be tested unless—(a)

it is complete with all parts and attachments concerned in the operations ofmeasurement and delivery; and(b)

all packing glands, couplings and joints are free from leaks.

(4) A bulk meter intended to be permanently fixed in the position in which it is to be
used shall be tested and stamped only when completely erected ready for use andinstalled at the place where it is to be used.
184. Pre-requisites to testing(1) Before commencing testing of a bulk meter, the inspector shall ensure—(a)that the meter has been run for several minutes to ensure that all units arefunctioning smoothly;(b)that any safeguarding mechanism and other automatic devices arefunctioning satisfactorily;(c)in the case of an instrument fitted with an automatic temperaturecompensator, that the compensator has been disconnected so that thebasic accuracy of the meter may be determined;(d)in the case of instruments used for the measurement of liquefied petroleum
gas, that the vapour pressure between the prover and the supply tank isbalanced.

185. Instrument to deliver correctly within minimum and maximum flowrates(1) Every bulk meter shall deliver correctly when it is operated at any speed between
its minimum and maximum flowrates and shall show no appreciable changes in its
metrological qualities when operated at or near its maximum rate of flow for such aduration as may be specified in the notice of approval.

123[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](2) The speed of operation for any single delivery during testing shall be as uniform as
possible.
(3) The automatic temperature compensating device shall be tested for accuracy bycomparing the reading of the instrument while temperature compensated with theuncompensated volume, converted to volume at the standard temperature of 20 degrees
centigrade.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

186. Inspector to be provided with the liquid for testing(1) For the purpose of the performance by an inspector of his test, the person in
charge of the instrument shall, if requested by the inspector, provide for the inspector’s
use such liquid as the inspector may reasonably require.
(2) Any liquid withdrawn from any tank or container for the purposes of an inspector’s
test of an instrument shall, upon the conclusion of the test, be forthwith returned to thetank or container from which it was withdrawn or be placed in another receptacle provided
by the person in-charge of the instrument.
(3) The inspector shall, if requested, furnish the person in charge of the instrumentwith a signed and dated statement of the quantity of liquid withdrawn from the tank or
container and returned as aforesaid.
187. Authorization of persons who erect, repair or adjust bulk meters
The Director may authorize any fit and proper person employed in the erection, repair
and adjustment of bulk meters to break any seal or sealing device on any instrument
which that person intends to erect, repair or adjust, and to seal or reseal the same subject
to the following conditions—(a)the person seeking authorization must satisfy the Director that hepossesses the necessary technical know how to engage in the repair of the
instruments;(b)

the Director may withdraw any authorization at any time;(c)the person authorized shall examine and verify instruments in accordancewith directions given by an inspector;(d)the person authorized shall seal or re-seal any bulk meter only by means ofstamping pliers so constructed as to impress upon every seal or sealing
device such mark and number as the Director may allot to him for the
purpose of identification;(e)the person authorized shall forward to the inspector in charge of Weights
and Measures administration for the area in which the instrument is situateda notice in writing, containing the following information—(i) the location of, and particulars by which the instrument may be
identified;(ii) the date on which the authorised person intends to erect, repair or
adjust the instrument;(iii) the business name and address of the proprietor of the instrument;(iv) the name, authorization number and address of the authorised
person.

188. Maximum permissible errors
The maximum permissible errors on bulk meters shall be ascertained by at least one
minute’s run at the maximum rate of flow of the instrument and shall not exceed—(a)[Issue 1]

on verification, 0.25 per cent of the quantity delivered in excess only; and124

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](b)on re-verification or inspection, 0.5 per cent of the quantity delivered inexcess or 0.25 per cent of the quantity delivered in deficiency.

189. Sealing and stamping(1) Every bulk meter shall be provided with suitable sealing arrangements to protect
all adjustable parts affecting the quantity delivered, or with such alternative sealingarrangement as may be authorized by the Director.
(2) The stamp of verification shall be placed on all such seals and sealing devices as
the case may be.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

PART XIX – SPIRIT MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
190. Definition
The term “spirit measuring instrument” means any instrument designed for the
automatic measurement and delivery of spirits for retail sale; and the term “spirit” means
any potable liquor manufactured by the process of distillation but does not include
denatured spirits.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

191. Permissible retail quantities of spirits(1) No person shall sell by retail any spirits—(a)in any quantity other than thirty millilitres or a whole multiple thereof; or(b)unless in securely sealed and stoppered bottles.

(2) Where any contravention of this rule takes place the person holding the licence inrespect of the premises concerned shall be guilty of an offence.
192. Sight glasses
Every spirit measuring instrument shall be fitted—(a)with adequate sight glasses, observation windows or other devices forshowing clearly that any measuring chamber is properly filled; and(b)with a device which prevents—(i) any liquid being discharged from any measuring chamber until thechamber is properly filled; and(ii) any measuring chamber being filled anew until it has been properly
discharged.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

193. Instrument not to trap liquid
No spirit measuring instrument shall be fitted with a delivery pipe, outlet spout or
nozzle which, when open, is liable to trap any portion of the liquid being delivered.
194. Counting device
Any counting or totalizing device fitted to a spirit measuring instrument shall be soarranged as to avoid any possibility of confusion with any other indication of quantity.
195. Individual sales indicators to be readily reset to zero
Any individual sales indicator fitted to a spirit measuring instrument shall be arranged
so that it can be readily reset to its zero indication and so that it is not possible to advancethe indication by means other than the proper operation of the instrument.

125[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

196. Capacities permitted
An inspector shall not admit for verification and stamping any spirit measuring
instrument of a capacity other than thirty millilitres, or sixty millilitres.
197. Testing(1) Before testing any spirit measuring instrument, the inspector shall ensure either
that liquid had first been passed through the instrument or that the instrument is fully
primed.
(2) The measuring instrument shall be tested, with spirits or with water as theinspector may deem fit, by determining the quantity of liquid delivered by the instrument byreference to a standard measure.
198. Test liquid to be provided to the inspector(1) For the purposes of the performance by an inspector of his tests, the person in
charge of the instrument shall, if requested, provide for the use of the inspector suchliquids as the inspector may reasonably require.
(2) The inspector shall, if requested, furnish to the person in charge of the instrument
a signed and dated statement of the quantity of the spirit used and returned to that person.
199. Maximum permissible errors(1) The maximum permissible error on the verification of spirit-measuring instrument
shall not exceed—(a)in the case of an instrument of 30 millilitre capacity, 1.5 ml.; and(b)in the case of an instrument of 60 millilitre capacity, 2 ml. in excess only.

(2) The maximum permissible error on the re-verification or inspection of spiritmeasuring instruments shall not exceed—(a)in the case of an instrument of 30 millilitre capacity, 1.5 ml. in excess or 0.5
ml. in deficiency; and(b)in the case of an instrument of 60 millilitre capacity, 2.0 ml. in excess or 1.0
ml. in deficiency.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

200. Stamping(1) Every spirit-measuring instrument shall be fitted with one or more plugs, seals or
sealing devices of suitable form and material to protect all adjustable parts affecting thequantity delivered, or with such alternative sealing arrangement as may be approved by
the Director in relation to a particular pattern.
(2) The stamp of verification shall be applied on all plugs, seals and sealing devices
fitted in accordance with paragraph (1) of this rule.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

PART XX – FABRIC MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
201. Definition
The term “fabric-measuring instrument” means a measuring instrument designed
for the determination of the length of woven fabrics; and the term “fabric” shall be taken
to mean a stretchy textile material.

[Issue 1]126[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]202. Construction
Every fabric measuring instrument shall—(a)be made of materials having adequate stability and strength to withstandthe normal conditions of use and environment without operational defect;(b)

be fitted with—(i)a device to prevent fabric being inserted in the instrument until theindividual sales indicator has been reset to zero;(ii)

a mechanism to prevent overspin when the instrument is being used
to measure remnants of fabric.

203. Indications to be conspicuous
Every fabric-measuring instrument intended to be used in the presence of a purchaser
shall be so positioned as to permit the purchaser a clear and an unobstructed view of all
the indications of measurement pertaining to such operations.
204. Legend(1) Every legend on a fabric-measuring instrument having reference to the method of
operation of the instrument shall be conspicuously and legibly marked in a suitable
position on the instrument.
(2) Notice as to limitation.—A fabric-measuring instrument which will measureaccurately only certain types of fabric shall bear a notice, visible to the vendor and thepurchaser, indicating clearly such limitations.
205. Individual sales indicators(1) Any individual sales indicator fitted to a fabric-measuring instrument shall bearranged such that it can readily be reset to its zero indication and such that it is notpossible to advance the indication by means other than the proper operation of the
instrument.
(2) Any counting or totalizing device shall be so arranged as to avoid any possibility ofconfusion with the individual sales indicator.
206. Testing(1) Every fabric-measuring instrument shall be tested under practical working
conditions.
(2) The instrument shall be tested by drawing through it, at any reasonable speed ofoperation, a suitable fabric whose length has been predetermined by means of a suitable
standard measure of length and then comparing the indications of the instrument with thelength as determined by means of the standard:
Provided that in the case of an instrument displaying notice as provided in sub
rule (2) or rule 204 the material used for the test shall be of the kind referred to in such
notice.
207. Permissible errors(1) The maximum permissible errors on verification and on inspection or re-verificationof fabric-measuring instruments shall be as set out in Table 16 of these Rules.
(2) Where printing devices are fitted, the indicated and printed lengths shall—(a)in the case of digital indicating devices, be the same;

127[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](b)in the case of analogue indicating devices, not differ by an amount greaterthan half of the scale interval or the maximum permissible error of theindicated length, whichever is the less.

TABLE 16
1

2

3

Maximum Permissible Error in
Excess or in Deficiency

Type of Instrument

On Verification

Instrument designed to measure in meters .........................
Instrument designed to measure in centimetres ..................

(a)

On Inspection or
Re-verification(b)

0.05 m.
0.2 cm.

0.1 m.
0.4 cm.

[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

208. Sealing of adjustable parts and stamping(1) Every fabric-measuring instrument shall be fitted with one or more plugs, seals or
sealing devices of suitable form and material to protect all adjustable parts the adjustmentof which would affect the accuracy of the instrument, or with such alternative sealingarrangement as may be approved by the Director in relation to a particular pattern.
(2) The stamp of verification shall be applied on all plugs, seals or sealing devices
fitted in accordance with paragraph (1).
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

PART XXI – LEATHER MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
209. Definition
The term “leather measuring instrument” means an instrument designed for themeasurement of superficial area of leather other than a simple independent measure.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

210. Examination(1) Every leather measuring instrument shall be examined to ensure that all working
parts are complete and secure and are operating freely.
(2) Where an instrument is power-operated, attention shall be given to all movableparts to ensure that they are properly fixed and cannot easily work loose.
211. Position of indicator
A leather measuring instrument shall have—(a)every analogue indicator so positioned in relation to the chart that no undueerrors are introduced as a result of parallax;(b)every adjusting device so fitted as to be capable of being properly secured
after adjustment.

212. Test with standard templets(1) A leather measuring instrument shall be tested by passing through it a standard
templet of a suitable size and of a thickness to which the instrument is set.

[Issue 1]128[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](2) The templet shall be passed through the instrument being tested at least fivetimes, and in various positions, the instrument being reset to zero every time the templet
has been passed through it; and the mean of the readings obtained shall be the basis forerror determination.
(3) For instruments of capacities above 2 sq. meters, a combination of templets may
be used:Provided that where a combination of templets may be used—(a)only templets with the same thickness shall be used in the combination; and(b)

if the templets are inserted together in the instrument, they shall not overlap;
and

(c)

if the templets are used successively they shall, in the case of instruments
fitted with wheels or rollers, be so inserted as to pass under the same set ofwheels or rollers; and the indicator shall not be allowed to return to zero
before all the templets used in the combination have been passed throughin the instrument.

213. Permissible errors
The errors permissible on verification and on inspection or re-verification of leather
measuring instruments shall be as set out in Table 17 below—

TABLE 17
1

2

3

Maximum Permissible Error in
Excess or in Deficiency

Capacity of Instrument
Area Tested

On Verification

On Inspection or
Re-verification

Up to and including 1m2 .......................................................
Exceeding 1m2 but not exceeding 2m2 ................................
Exceeding 2m2 but not exceeding 4m2 ................................
Exceeding 4m2 but not exceeding 8m2 ................................

100 cm.2
150 cm.2
200 cm.2
300 cm.2

200 cm.2
300 cm.2
400 cm.2
600 cm.2

214. Stamping
The stamp of verification on leather measuring instruments shall be placed on a softmetal plug or stud, or other sealing device fitted to the dial or other essential andpermanent part of the instrument.

PART XXII – BULK MEASURES
215. Definition
The term “bulk measure” means a measure of capacity designed to be mounted on avehicle, whether permanently or not, and used for the carriage of liquid fuel.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

216. Materials(1) Bulk measures shall be made of steel or other material approved by the Director.
(2) The interior of each measure made of steel shall, after sand-blasting, be well andevenly coated (to a minimum thickness of 0.125 mm.) with amine cured epoxy resin paintor such other finish as the Director may approve.

129[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](3) The interior of measures made of materials other than steel shall be coated ortreated in a manner approved by the Director.
217. Capacity and marking(1) A bulk measure shall be of a capacity of 0.5 m3 or any multiple thereof; and thecapacity shall be marked in cubic metres near the filling point and in litres near thedischarge point of the measure.
(2) Where two or more measures are formed together, they shall be numbered insequence, starting either at the front of the vehicle or, where the measures are notpermanently mounted on a vehicle, at the end opposite the discharge point.
(3) The identification number of each measure shall be marked on the top or side of
the calibration dome and also near the end of the discharge line or its associateddischarge valve handle.
(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (1) to (3), every bulk measure shallhave an identification plate fitted on some conspicuous part of the measure, and thefollowing information shall be clearly and indelibly marked on the plate—(a)name of the manufacturer;(b)

year of manufacture of the measure;(c)

serial number;(d)the registration number of the vehicle, in the case of measures mounted on
a vehicle;(e)nominal capacity of the measure:
Provided that where two or more measures are formed together, the identification
plate may be fitted on only one of the measures and that the nominal capacity of eachmeasure shall be marked on the plate.
218. General construction(1) Bulk measures shall—(a)be sufficiently rigid to prevent buckling under normal conditions of use;(b)

be of such shape as to prevent trapping of air in the filling process and to
facilitate drainage when emptying; and(c)not leak.

(2) Effective venting of the measure shall be provided to permit air to escape during
the filling operation from all areas designed to be filled with liquid and to permit the influxof air into the measure during the discharge of the liquid therefrom and the venting shallprevent formation of air pockets.
(3) Where two or more measures are formed together, the double bulkheads between
the measures shall be—(a)at least 50 mm. apart at the narrowest point;(b)

constructed such that they shall not become so distorted as to cause achange in the capacity of any measure exceeding 0.001 per cent when theneighbouring measures are filled or emptied;(c)provided with means for draining the space between them.

219. Displacement boxes(1) All displacement boxes fitted in any bulk measure shall be securely fixed to theinside of the measure in such a manner as to prevent trapping of air in the filling process
and liquid in the emptying process; and such boxes shall not leak.

[Issue 1]130[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](2) All baffle plates in the measure shall have sufficient perforations to facilitate thefilling of the measure without trapping air and the emptying of the measure without
trapping liquid.
220. Calibration dome
(1) At the highest point of each measure, and as nearly as practicable midway
between the ends of the measure, there shall be a calibration dome in the form of cylinderof elliptical section, the major axis being 600 mm ± 5 mm. minor axis 400 mm. ± 5 mm.
and the height 300 mm. ± 5 mm.
(2) Any dome flange extending into the measure shall be provided with perforations,or openings, flush with the measure shell to prevent trapping of air during the filling
process.
(3) The calibration dome shall incorporate the following—
(a)

(b)

(c)

a filling port which shall—(i)

if circular, have a diameter of at least 200 mm. or if not circular, havean effective area of 300 mm2;(ii)

be fitted with a leak-proof cover;an observation window which shall—(i)

be circular and of a diameter of not less than 200 mm.;(ii)

be so situated as to give a clear and unobstructed view of theindicator and be so fitted that it cannot be removed without removing
the top plate of the calibration dome;(iii)

be fitted with a rotary wiper, operated from the outside which shall becapable of effectively cleaning the inside of the window;(iv)

be fitted with a securely closing cover, on the inside of which thecapacity of the measure shall be marked in cubic metres;

a venting device or double-acting safety valve.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

221. Liquid level indicators(1) Every bulk measure shall be fitted with an adjustable indicator (level index) whichshall define the capacity of the measure.
(2) The indicator shall be made of such material and be of such design as shall beapproved by the Director.
(3) The indicator shall be so positioned that when the measure is filled to the level ofthe indicator there shall remain an expansion space of at least 4 per cent of the nominal
capacity of the measure as defined by that indicator.
(4) Access to the indicator through the filling port shall be prevented by means of a
tube (with sufficient perforations to prevent trapping of air during the filling process)projecting downwards from the port a distance of at least 500 mm, or by such other device
as the Director may approve.
222. Discharge valves(1) At the lowest point of each bulk measure shall be fitted a bowden-cable-operated
spring loaded valve; and the measure shall empty completely when this valve is opened.
(2) The handle for opening the spring-loaded-valve of the measure shall be situatedadjacent to the associated discharge line.

131[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

223. Discharge lines(1) Each bulk measure shall have only one discharge line.
(2) Each discharge line shall have an appreciable downwards slope from the bottomof the measure to the discharge point and the discharge line shall be incapable of trapping
liquid when all valves are opened.
(3) At the end of each discharge line there shall be a manually operated valve,
immediately before which shall be a sight glass so situated as to give a clear andunobstructed view of the flow of liquid.
(4) Where two or more measures are formed together, all discharge lines, together
with the associated valve handles, shall be brought to the same side or same end of themeasures.
224. Calibration(1) The following shall not be admitted for calibration unless permanently mounted on
a vehicle—(a)more than three measures joined together; or(b)

any individual measure of a purported capacity of more than two cubic
metres.

(2) Bulk measures shall be calibrated by transferring water at 20 degrees centigradefrom proving tanks into the measure under test and adjusting the measure’s capacity
indicator to the level of the water in the measure.
(3) During calibration the temperature of the water in proving tank and in the measure
being calibrated shall be recorded.
(4) The water temperature should not vary by more than 2 degrees centigrade duringcalibration.
(5) To calculate the capacity of the measure at the reference temperature (20 degrees
centigrade), the following procedure shall be adopted—(a)

if the water temperature is within ± 10 degrees centigrade from thereference temperature and in compliance with the conditions of paragraph(4), only the correction for proving tank shall be applied;(b)

if the water temperature lies outside the above-mentioned limits, the volumeof the measure shall be calculated using the relation—Pt
V e t20 = V e t20 { 1 + β e (t e − t 20 ) + β e (t 20 − t e ) } e
Pt e

Where,
Vet20

is the volume of the measure at 20 degrees centigrade;

Vet20

is the volume of water measured by the proving tank, and to which thecorrection for the proving tank has been applied;βe

is the co-efficient of cubic expansion of the material used in the construction of
the proving tank;βeis the co-efficient of cubic expansion of the material used in the construction of
the measure being calibrated;teis the mean water temperature in the proving tank;teis the mean water temperature in the measure being calibrated;
pte and ptc are densities of water at temperatures of te and tc.

[Issue 1]132

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](6) For the purpose of calculating the capacity of measure as required underparagraph (5) the values of the co-efficient of cubic expansion shall be—(a)

3.3 × 10-5 per C for mild steel;(b)

5.1 × 10-5 per C for stainless steel; and(c)

6.9 × 10-5 per C for aluminium.

(7) Where two or more measures are formed together and are mounted on a vehicle
as a single compartmentalized tank, the inspector shall, before commencing thecalibration ensure that the vehicle is placed on a level surface and that the front and reartyres of the vehicle are at the correct pneumatic pressure.
(8) The following tests shall be performed on any tank mounted on a vehicle before
commencing calibration—(a)to check for any variation in the capacity of a compartment whenneighbouring compartments are filled, the compartment located roughly inthe middle of the tank shall be filled to its capacity and its indicator adjusted
to the level of the water in the compartment. The neighbouring
compartments shall then be filled, this having the effect of raising the levelof water in the compartment in the middle of the tank; the level of the waterin this compartment shall then be adjusted to the indicator, the volume ofwater drawn off being measured using a volumetric standard measure; thevolume shall not exceed 0.001 per cent of the capacity of the compartment;(b)

to check whether valves and venting devices are functioning correctly or
have been properly fitted, all the compartments in the tank shall be filled
and their indicators adjusted accordingly. The vehicle shall then be driven
for 5 to 10 minutes including a number of abrupt starts and stops. The
vehicle shall then be returned to its initial position and the level of the waterin the compartments shall again be noted. If the level is not on theindicators, the valves and venting devices are faulty and the tank should not
be calibrated until this situation has been rectified.

(9) The maximum permissible errors on any measure shall be 0.25 per cent in excess
only of the purported capacity of the measure.
[Corr. No. 32/1994, L.N. 56/1996, s. 13.]225. Sealing and stamping(1) Every bulk measure shall have provisions for affixing seals to—(a)any indicator so that the indicator cannot be adjusted without mutilating or
destroying the seal; and(b)

any removable part to which an indicator may be attached so that the partcannot be removed without mutilating or destroying the seal.

(2) The stamp of verification shall be applied on all seals fitted in accordance withparagraph (1).
226. Stamping or measures mounted on vehicles(1) No measure mounted on a vehicle shall be stamped if, when it is fully loaded, thevehicle on which it is mounted transmits to the road more than the maximum weight
permitted by the Road Traffic Act (Cap. 403) or by the specifications of the manufacturerof the vehicle, whichever is the less.
(2) In calculating the weight transmitted to the road by a vehicle carrying fuel, thefollowing specific gravities shall be used—(a)0.72 for vehicles carrying motor spirits;

133[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](b)0.84 for vehicles carrying middle distillates;(c)0.99 for vehicles carrying black oils.

227. Calibration certificate(1) On completion of the calibration, the inspector shall issue a certificate in respect of
the calibration and such certificate shall include the following information—(a)name and address of the owner of measure(s);(b)

number of the certificate;(c)manufacturer’s name, year of manufacture and serial number;(d)vehicle registration number in the case of measure(s) permanently mounted
on a vehicle;(e)in the case of two or more measures joined together, the serial numbers ofthe measures and their respective nominal capacities.

(2) The calibration certificate shall be in the form specified in the Tenth Schedule.
[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

PART XXIII – INSPECTION
228. Annual inspections(1) It shall be the duty of an inspector to arrange that the premises of every trader inthe district are visited for the purpose of inspecting all weights, measures and instruments
in use for trade at least once in every year:
Provided that with the sanction of the Director such period may be extended in any
district to not more than two years in respect of the whole or any part of any such district.
(2) Arrangements shall also be made for special impromptu surprise visits from time totime.
229. Requirements of Rules may be dispensed with
Where in the special circumstances of any case it appears to the inspector to be
impracticable to comply literally with any requirement of these Rules, he shall report thematter so that the Director, should he think fit, may dispense with the observance of suchrequirement.
230. Obstruction of Inspector
It shall be deemed to be obstruction within the meaning of section 28 of the Act for any
person to refuse to allow the inspector to withdraw such liquids as he may require for the
purpose of testing any measuring instrument as provided by rules 169, 186 and 198.

PART XXIV – SPECIAL RULES REGULATING WEIGHTS, MEASURES AND
INSTRUMENTS USED BY GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND LOCALAUTHORITIES
231. Application
Rules 232 to 237 shall apply to all weights, measures and instruments used in anytransaction by the Government or local authorities for the purchase, sale or issue of any
goods, stores or other articles determined by weight or measure.
232. Use of legal standards
All tolls, rates, taxes and payment of any description charged or collected according toweight or measure shall be charged and collected only according to weights andmeasures authorized by the Act.

[Issue 1]134

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

233. Annual examination
It shall be the duty of the head of the department concerned to arrange once in every
year for all weights, measures and instruments to be examined by the inspector; and noweight, measure, or instrument shall be used unless it has been verified and bears a valid
stamp of verification.
234. Rejected weights, measures and instruments
A rejected weight, measure or instrument shall be withdrawn from use as soon as isreasonably possible, and if not so withdrawn within a period of 28 days, the matter shallbe reported by the inspector to the Permanent Secretary of the Ministry concerned.
235. Submission to Inspector
Weights, measures and instruments shall be submitted to the inspector at the nearest
weights and measures office or at the nearest stamping station:
Provided that where an instrument, by reason of its being permanently fixed or ofbulky or delicate construction, cannot be conveniently moved, the inspector shall at therequest of the department concerned examine the instrument “in situ”.
236. Application of general rules
New and repaired weights, measures and instruments shall comply fully with such of
the requirements of these Rules as are applicable to the class to which they belong.
237. Powers of entry
An inspector may enter any premises at any reasonable time for the purposes ofinspecting any weight, measure or instrument; and the head of the department concerned
shall afford the Inspector all reasonable facilities and assistance in the examination of any
weight, measure or instrument.

PART XXV – FEES
238. Stamping and rejection fees
(1) The fees specified in Part I of the Eleventh Schedule shall be payable to theinspector in respect of every weight, measure and instrument examined and verified andstamped by him with a stamp of verification.
(2) One-half of the fees specified in Part I of the Eleventh Schedule shall be payable
to the inspector in respect of every weight, measure and instrument rejected by him:
Provided that, in the case of a weight, measure or instrument which is rejected by
the inspector on visual examination alone, no fee shall be charged.
239. Fees for approval of patterns
The fees specified in Part II of the Eleventh Schedule shall be payable by persons
submitting patterns of weighing or measuring instruments to the Director for approval
pursuant to section 30 of the Act.
240. Adjusting and miscellaneous fees
The fees payable to the inspector in respect of every weight and measure adjusted byhim in addition to the stamping fees mentioned in paragraph (1) of rule 238, and othermiscellaneous fees shall be as specified in Part III of the Eleventh Schedule.
241. Travelling expenses and the cost of cartage, carriage and lifting of standards
Where an inspector attends at any place for the purpose of verification of any weight,
measure or instrument, the person who has the weight, measure or instrument for use for

135[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

trade, shall pay in addition to any fees specified, any costs of cartage, carriage and liftingof standards and inspector’s tests weights as specified in Part IV of the Eleventh Scheduleand such payments may include any expenses incurred by the inspector:
Provided that where the weights, measures or instruments verified by the inspector
belong to or are used by different persons in the same locality, any expenses incurred by
the inspector may be levied pro rata on such persons:
Provided further that where the inspector attends at any place on notification orapplication by any person any expenses incurred by the inspector may be paid by the
person giving such notification or making such an application.
[L.N. 56/1996, s. 14.]242. Receipts for fees
(1) The receipt given by the inspector for fees paid shall include all weights, measuresand instruments examined, verified, stamped, rejected and adjusted for the same personon the same occasion, and such a receipt shall include a certificate of verification as
required by section 27 of the Act.
(2) The certificate of verification mentioned in paragraph (1) shall be in the form
specified in the Twelfth Schedule.
243. Verification bookThe inspector shall keep a book, to be known as a verification book, in which all feescollected shall be entered.

PART XXVI – RULES FOR REGISTRATION AND LICENSING OF
MANUFACTURERS, REPAIRERS AND SELLERS OF WEIGHTS, MEASURES,WEIGHING AND MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
244. All manufacturers and sellers to be registered(1) Any person engaging in, or proposing to engage in the business of manufacturing
or selling weights, measures, weighing or measuring instruments shall make anapplication to the Director for registration as a manufacturer or seller of weights,
measures, weighing or measuring instruments.
(2) Every application for registration under paragraph (1) shall be made in theprescribed forms set out in Parts 1A and 1B of the Thirteenth Schedule, and shall be
made—
(a)

in the case of a person carrying on the business of manufacturing or sellingweights, measures, weighing or measuring instruments, within ninety daysof the publication of these Rule;(b)

in the case of a person who commences business as a manufacturer orseller of weights, measures, weighing or measuring instruments after the
publication of these Rules, within ninety days following the date on which hecommences such business.

(3) On receipt of any application made to him under paragraph (1), the Director shall,where the applicant satisfies all the requirements, register the person making theapplication and shall issue him with a certificate in the form set out in Part II of theThirteenth Schedule.
(4) The Director may reject any application submitted to him for registration where heis satisfied that—(a)[Issue 1]

the applicant has made any statement in relation to the application, which isincorrect or false in any material particulars; or136

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](b)the applicant has contravened any of the provisions of the Weights andMeasures Act, or any rules made thereunder.

(5) Any certificate issued under paragraph (3) shall be subject to any conditions
specified in the said certificate.
(6) Where a certificate of registration is lost or destroyed, the holder of that certificate
shall as soon as practicable report such loss of destruction to the police and thereafter
apply to the Director to be issued with a duplicate certificate of registration.
(7) The Director shall maintain separate registers for all manufacturers and sellers ofweights, measures, weighing or measuring instruments registered under weighing or
measuring instruments registered under these Rules and such Register shall be in theform set out in Part IIIA and IIIB of the Thirteenth Schedule.
[L.N. 56/1996, s. 15.]245. Deleted by L.N. 129/2007, s. 2.
246. Deleted by L.N. 129/2007, s. 3.
247. Deleted by L.N. 129/2007, s. 4.
248. Deleted by L.N. 129/2007, s. 5.
249. All manufacturers and repairers to submit, manufactured and repaired
instruments for verification(1) Every manufacturer or repairer shall submit all instruments which has
manufactured or repaired to an inspector for verification and stamping before the same issold or returned to trade use.
(2) Where in the opinion of a repairer any instrument which has been presented to him
for repair is beyond repair, he shall notify an inspector forthwith.
(3) The inspector upon receipt of any notification of an instrument beyond repair, shall
examine and test such instrument himself and give his written decision based on his
findings to the Director and a copy of such findings shall be given to the owner of the
instrument where the instrument is to be withdrawn from use.
[L.N. 56/1996, s. 15.]250. Manufacturers and repairers to maintain registers(1) Every manufacturer shall maintain a register in the form set out in Part XI of theThirteenth Schedule in which he shall record details of all instruments manufactured byhim and shall produce such register for inspection by the inspector upon request.
(2) Every repairer shall maintain a register in the form set out in Part XII of theThirteenth Schedule in which he shall record details of all instruments repaired by him
together with the names and addresses of the persons for whom the repairs were madeand shall furnish such information concerning any instrument which he has or is about torepair to the inspector upon request.
[L.N. 56/1996, s. 15.]251. Certificate of Service to be issued
Where a repairer has serviced, repaired or overhauled any instrument on the premisesof any licensee, whether under a contract or not, the repairer shall issue the person
responsible for the instrument with a certificate of service in the form set out in Part XIII of
the Thirteenth Schedule.
[L.N. 56/1996, s. 15.]137

[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

252. All Test Weights and Standards to be verified(1) All test weights or standards of weight or measure which are used bymanufacturers and repairers shall be submitted to an inspector at least once in every year,
for the purpose of re-verification.
(2) Manufacturer’s and repairer’s test weights and measures shall not be stamped but
shall be marked with a date in the manner provided under rules 13 and 14 of these Rules.
[L.N. 56/1996, s. 15.]253. Offences
Any person who—(a)engages in the business of manufacturing or selling weights, measuring
instruments without first being registered; or(b)repairs or assembles any weight, measure, weighing or measuring
instrument without a valid repairer’s licence; or(c)being a repairer, manufacturer or seller of weights, measures, weighing or
measuring instruments contravenes any of the requirements of these rules;

commits an offence and shall upon conviction be liable to a fine not exceeding twenty
thousand shillings.
[L.N. 56/1996, s. 15.]

FIRST SCHEDULE[Rules 4.]

PERMISSIBLE ABBREVIATIONS
1. MEASUREMENT OF MASS
Kilogram .....................................................................................................

kg.

Gram ..........................................................................................................

g.

Milligram .....................................................................................................

mg.

Carat (metric) .............................................................................................

C.M.

2. MEASUREMENT OF LENGTH
Kilometre ....................................................................................................

km

Metre ..........................................................................................................

m.

Decimetre ...................................................................................................

dm.

Centimetre ..................................................................................................

cm.

Millimetre ....................................................................................................

mm.

3. MEASUREMENT OF AREA
Hectare .......................................................................................................

ha.

Decare ........................................................................................................

da.

Acre ............................................................................................................

a.

Square kilometre ........................................................................................

km.2

Square metre .............................................................................................

m.2 or (sq.m.)

Square decimetre .......................................................................................

dm.2 or (sq.dm.)

Square centimetre ......................................................................................

cm.2 or (sq.cm.)

Square millimetre .......................................................................................

mm. 2 or (sq.mm.)[Issue 1]138

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

FIRST SCHEDULE—continued
4. MEASUREMENT OF VOLUME
Cubic metre ................................................................................................
Cubic decimetre .........................................................................................
Cubic centimetre ........................................................................................

m.3 or (cu.m.)dm.3 or (cu.dm.)
cm.3 or (c.c.)

5. MEASUREMENT OF CAPACITY
Litre ............................................................................................................
Decilitre ......................................................................................................
Centilitre .....................................................................................................
Millilitre .......................................................................................................

l
dl.
cl.
ml.

SECOND SCHEDULE[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

CYLINDRICAL WEIGHTS

139[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

SECOND SCHEDULE—continued
TABLE OF DIMENSIONS[in millimetres]

WEIGHTS[Issue 1]

140

5.5

18

25

30

40

50

65

80

120

160

3

4.5

4.5

7

7

10

14

141

16

18

24.5

24.5

18.5

18.5

10.5

10.5

7.5

7.5

c

b

a

8

8

7

7

4.5

4.5

3.5

3.5

2.5

d

26.5

26.5

20

20

12

12

9

9

6.5

e

4

4

4

4

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

1.5

1.5

1

1

1

g

35

35

20

20

15

15

10

10

9

h

M20 x 1.5

M20 x 1.5

M14 x 1.5

M14 x 1.5

M8 x 1M8 x 1M6 x 0.5

M6 x 0.5

M4 x 0.5

t

18

18

13

13

8

8

5

5

5

l

4

4

3

3

2

2

1.5

1.5

1

m

24

24

18

18

10

10

7

7

5

n

24

24

18

18

10

10

7

7

5

d

3

3

3

3

2

2

1.5

1.5

1

E

18

18

12

12

7

7

4.5

4.5

3

a

160

120

80

65

50

40

30

25

18

b

24.5

24.5

18.5

18.5

10.5

10.5

7.5

7.5

5.5

c

8

8

7

7

4.5

4.5

3.5

3.5

2.5

d

Variation 2(threads according to ISO/R 261)
The depth b of the adjusting holes is given only as an indication, as the volumeof the cavities must allow the adjustment of new weights such that at least twothirds of the total volume of the hole remains empty after initial adjustment ofweight.

2.5

2.5

2

2

1.5

f

Variation 1

ADJUSTING HOLES[in millimetres]

TABLE OF DIMENSIONSSECOND SCHEDULE—continued

26.5

26.5

20

20

12

12

9

9

6.5

e

4

4

4

4

2.5

2.5

2

2

1.5

f

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

1.5

1.5

1

1

1

g

4

4

3

3

2

2

1.5

1.5

1

m

24

24

18

18

10

10

7

7

5

n

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures
CAP. 513[Subsidiary][Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

THIRD SCHEDULE
RECTANGULAR WEIGHTMODEL 1

[Issue 1]

142

A

150

190

230

310

Nominal Value

5 kg. .............

10 kg. ............

20 kg. ...........

50 kg. ...........

314

234

193

152

A

155

115

95

75

B

157

117

97

77

B

192

139

109

34

H

83

61

46

36

a

74

52

38

30

b

16

12

8

6

c

152

109

84

66

h

24/32

24/32

12/20

12/20

d/d

I

300

220

185

145

[in millimetres]

SIZE TABLE

10

8

6

5

r

THIRD SCHEDULE—continued

25

20

16

12

o

M27 X 1.5

M27 X 1.5

M16 X 1.5

M16 X 1.5

t

21

21

14

14

f

2

2

1

1

e

3

3

2

2

E

27.5

27.5

16.5

16.5

ø

30

30

18

18

ø'

27

27

16

16

ø"

8

8

5

5

g

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures
CAP. 513[Subsidiary]

143[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

THIRD SCHEDULE—continued
RECTANGULAR WEIGHTMODEL 2

SIZE TABLE[in millimetres]
TABLE OF DIMENSIONS
Nominal
Value

A

A

B

B

H

a

b

c

h

d

r

o

m

n

p

5 kg. .........

150

152

75

77

84

36

30

6

66

19

5

12

16

13

55

10 kg. .......

190

193

95

97

109

46

38

8

84

25

6

16

35

25

70

20 kg. .......

230

234

115 117

139

61

52

12

109

29

8

20

50

30

95

50 kg. .......

310

314

155 157

192

83

74

16

152

40

10

25

70

40

148

[Issue 1]144[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

FOURTH SCHEDULE[Regulation 24]

HEXAGONAL WEIGHTSIZE TABLE[in millimetres]
Nominal
Value

A1

A2

H

0

d1

d2

p

n(*)

100 g.

34

26

21

3

12

15

12

2

200 g.

42

34

26

4

15

19

15

3

500 g.

56

44

35

4

20

26

20

3

1 kg.

71

55

44

5

26

33

25

4

2 kg.

89

69

55

5

33

42

30

4

Nominal
Value

(*)

A1

A2

B1

B2

H

a

o

C1

C2

C3

C4

n(*)

5 kg.

139

130

80

70

68

19

10

35

49

55

17

5

10 kg.

165

155

90

80

96

20

10

53

66

60

22

5

20 kg.

210

198

110

100

112

25

14

63

77

70

30

5

Minimum Value.

145[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

FIFTH SCHEDULE
SHAPE AND NOMINAL DIMENSIONS OF CYLINDRICAL MEASURESTABLE 1 – NOMINAL DIMENSIONS OF CYLINDRICAL CAPACITY MEASURES
DenominationDH

2 litres .................
1 litre ....................
500 ml. .................
200 ml. .................
100 ml. .................
50 ml. ...................
20 ml. ...................

120
95
75
55
44
35
26

180
142
114
83
66
52
38

NOTE:

[Issue 1]

B

1. All dimensions in millimetres.
2. Tolerance on dimensions ± 10%

146

G

Max.

Min.

Min.

360
254
224
166
132
104
76

250
210
160
120
100
80
60

1.60
1.60
1.60
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.00

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

SIXTH SCHEDULE
SHAPE AND NOMINAL DIMENSIONS OF CONICAL MEASURES

Pouring Type Conical Measure (Schematic)
Figure 3

147[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

SIXTH SCHEDULE—continued
TABLE OF DIMENSIONS[in millimetres]
Denomination

A

B

C

D

E

F

G
Min.

H

J

20 litres
10 litres
5 litres
2 litres
1 litre500 ml.
200 ml.
100 ml.

97
77
61
45
36
28
21
17

388
308
244
180
143
114
84
66

288
307
245
180
143
113
84
67

208
174
147
118
95
74
53
41

194
154
122
90
72
56
42
34

390
309
247
182
145
115
86
69

1.00
1.00
0.80
0.80
0.63
0.63
0.83
0.63

86
75
65
56
45
35
24
18

29
26
24
22
18
14
10
7

NOTE: Tolerance in dimensions shall be + 10% except in the case of 10 litre and 20 litre measures
for which the tolerances shall be ± 5%

SEVENTH SCHEDULE
SHAPE AND NOMINAL DIMENSIONS OF LIQUOR MEASURES[All dimensions in mm.]

[Issue 1]148

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

EIGHTH SCHEDULE[Regulation. 41(1)(a)]SHAPES OF DISPENSING MEASURES

149[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

NINTH SCHEDULE[Corr. No. 32/1994.]

TESTSPART 1 – TESTS TO BE APPLIED TO EGG-GRADING MACHINES
1. In this Schedule the following expressions shall have the following meanings
respectively—“capacity” means—(a)in relation to a type “A” machine, the number of those weighing units in themachine whose functions is to grade eggs into one of the specified grades;
and in determining that number in the case of a machine in which several
weighing units grading eggs into the same specified grade are served by thesame feed track, two or more such units are to be counted as a single
weighing unit;(b)in relation to type “B” machine, the product of multiplying the number of thoseweighing units whose function is to grade eggs into one or more of thespecified grades by the number of different specified grades into which themachine is designed to grade eggs;“test poise” means a counterpoise for use in the testing of egg grading machines,
being a counter poise approved by the Director for such use as respects its form andthe material of its construction.
2. For the purpose of any test referred to in this Schedule, an egg-grading machine shallbe treated as grading any test poise correctly if, but only if—(a)it grades that poise into the appropriate grade, that is to say, the grade
specified in column 1 of Table 14 of rule 135 appropriate to the weight range
specified in column 2 of that table within which the weight of that poise falls;or(b)in the case of a poise of a weight less than the weight range appropriate to
the specified grade “sub-grade”, it does not grade that poise into any of thespecified grades.

PART II – EVERY EGG GRADING MACHINE SHALL BE TESTED IN THE FOLLOWINGMANNERA – FIRST TEST
1. For the purpose of this test (hereinafter referred to as the “first test”), the inspector
shall select a set of test poises consisting of the number of pairs of test poises equivalent
to the number of different specified grades into which the machine is designed to grade
eggs, each pair of poises being selected in relation to a different grade and so that one ofthe poises in the pair weighs half a gram more and the other half a gram less than theminimum of the weight range specified in column 2 of Table 14 of rule 135 appropriate tothat grade.
2. In the case of a type “A” machine, the set of test poises shall be fed indiscriminately
into the machine in the manner in which eggs would be fed into it in the course of its
normal operation, each poise being fed into the machine along the feed track or (in thecase of a multiple track machine) along each feed track, the number of times specified incolumn 2 of Part 3 of this Schedule in relation to a machine of that capacity.

[Issue 1]150[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

NINTH SCHEDULE—continued
3. In the case of a type “B” machine, each poise in the set of test poises shall be fed
indiscriminately into each weighing unit in the machine the number of times referred to inparagraph 2, each poise being fed into the unit, either—(a)by placing it on the feed track serving the weighing unit; or(b)by placing it by hand directly into the weighing unit.

4. If the machine fails to grade all the poises correctly and—(a)in the case of a machine bearing a stamp which has not been obliterated or
defaced, the aggregate number of incorrect gradings does not exceed thatspecified in column 3 of Part 3 of this Schedule in relation to a machine ofthat capacity; or(b)in the case of any other machine, the aggregate number of incorrect gradings
does not exceed that specified in column 4 of Part 3 of this Schedule, in
relation to a machine of that capacity, the machine shall be subjected to thesecond test specified hereunder.
B – SECOND TEST

5. For the purpose of the second test, the inspector shall select a further set of test
poises consisting of each pair of test poises used in the first test which, or one of which,
was incorrectly graded in that test.
6. In the case of a type “A” machine each pair of test poises so selected shall be fed into
the machine along the feed track, or (in the case of a multiple track machine) along eachfeed track, serving each weighing unit by which that pair of poises, or one of that pair, wasincorrectly graded in the first test and each test poise of the pair shall be fed into themachine along the relevant feed track such number of times as (together with the numberof times that poise was fed into the machine along that feed track in the course of the firsttest) equals 25.
7. In the case of a type “B” machine, each pair of test poises so selected shall be fed
only into each weighing unit by which that pair of poises, or one of that pair, wasincorrectly graded in the first test; and each poise of the pair shall be fed into the relevant
weighing unit—(a)such number of times as (together with the number of times that poise was
fed into that weighing unit in the course of the first test) equals 25; and(b)in the following manner, that is to say, either—(i) by placing it on the feed track serving that weighing unit; or(ii) by placing it by hand directly into that weighing unit.

8. The machine is correct and satisfies the appropriate test for the purpose ofparagraph (2) of rule 136 if, and only if—(a)when tested pursuant to the first test, it correctly grades all the test poises;(b)when tested pursuant to the first and second tests the number (under bothsuch tests) of incorrect gradings of the test poises in each pair by eachweighing unit—(i) in the case of a machine bearing a stamp which has not been
obliterated or defaced, does not exceed 13;(ii) in the case of any other machine, does not exceed 11.

151[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

NINTH SCHEDULE—continued
PART 3
1

2

Capacity of Machine

Number of Times each
Test Poise Must be
Used in the First Test

2 .................................
3 .................................
4 .................................
5 .................................
6 .................................
7 .................................
8 .................................
6 .................................
10 ..................................
11 ..................................
12 ..................................
13 ..................................
14 ..................................
15 ..................................
16 ..................................
17 ..................................
18 ..................................
19 ..................................
20 ..................................
21 ..................................
22 ..................................
23 ..................................
24, 25, 26 ......................
27 or 28 ........................
29, 30, 31 ......................
32, 33, 34 ......................
35 or 36 ........................
37, 38, 39 ......................
40, 41, 42 ......................
43, 44, 45 ......................
46 or 47 ........................
48, 49, 50 ......................
51, 52, 53 ......................
54 or 55 ........................
56 or 57 ........................

[Issue 1]

3

12
8
6
5
4
4
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

152

4

Maximum Number of Incorrect Grading in theFirst Test for Determining whether the
Machine is to be Subjected to the Second
Test
Machine baring astamp which has notbeen obliterated or
defaced

Unstampedmachines

13
13
13
13
13
15
13
15
17
18
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
22
24
25
26
13
15
17
18
20
21
23
25
26
28
30
31
32

11
11
11
11
11
12
11
12
13
14
11
11
12
13
14
14
15
16
17
17
18
19
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
23
24
25

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

NINTH SCHEDULE—continued
1

Capacity of Machine2

3

Number of Times each
Test Poise Must be
Used in the First Test

4

Maximum Number of Incorrect Grading in theFirst Test for Determining whether the
Machine is to be Subjected to the Second
Test
Machine baring astamp which has notbeen obliterated or
defaced

Unstampedmachines

58 or 59 ........................
60, 61, 62 ......................
63 or 64 ........................
65 or 66 ........................
67 or 68 ........................
69, 70, 71 ......................
72 or 73 ........................

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

34
35
37
38
39
41
42

26
27
29
30
31
33
34

74, 75, 76 ......................
77 or 78 ........................
79 or 80 ........................
81 or 82 ........................
83, 84, 85 ......................
86 or 87 ........................
88 or 89 ........................
90, 91, 92 ......................
93 or 94 ........................
95, 96, 97 ......................
98, 99, 100 ....................

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

44
45
47
48
49
51
52
54
55
57
59

35
37
38
39
41
42
43
45
46
47
49

TENTH SCHEDULE
REPUBLIC OF KENYAWEIGHTS AND MEASURES ACT[Cap. 513, s. 27.]
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DEPARTMENT
P.O. Box ............................................
TEL.: .................................................
ROAD TANKER CERTIFICATE OF CALIBRATIONI hereby certify that the road tanker whose particulars are given hereunder was brought to me by(Manufacturer’s Name) .......................................... of (Address) .........................................................
and was this day verified and stamped by me, the same having been examined and found correct.
Dated at .................................................... , this ......................... day of ........................ , 20 ............
.............................................................................
Inspector of Weights and Measures

153[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

TENTH SCHEDULE—continued
Note:—This certificate remains in force for twelve calendar months from the date thereof unlessotherwise specified.
Particulars of Tanker
Registration No. ..................................... Type or Make ......................................................................
Engine No. ................................................ Chassis No........................................................................
Year of Manufacture .............................................................................................................................
Weights and Measures Serial No. ........................................................................................................
Compartments
No. 1 ................................. litres. No. 2 .............................. litres. No. 3 .................................. litres.
No. 4 ................................. litres. No. 5 .............................. litres. No. 6 .................................. litres.
TOTAL CAPACITY: .................................................................................................................... litres.
REMARKS: ...........................................................................................................................................

ELEVENTH SCHEDULE[Rules 238, 239, 240, and 241, L.N.107/1999, L.N. 129/2007, s 6, L.N. 184/2010.]

FEES
PART I
Particulars of Equipment

1. Weights:
For each weight—
5kg and under ...................................................................
10kg ..................................................................................
20kg ..................................................................................
exceeding 20kg .................................................................

InitialVerification
KSh.

Re-verification

100
160
200
400

40
80
100
200

KSh.

2. Measures of length:
For each measure—(a) unsubdivided .............................................................
(b) subdivided (including the whole length):
1 metre and under .....................................................
exceeding 1 metre but not exceeding 5 meters ........
10 meters ...................................................................
20 metres ...................................................................
30 metres ...................................................................
exceeding 30 meters .................................................

400

200

100
200
200
600
800
1,000

60
100
200
300
400
800

3. Measures of capacity (other than bulk measures):
For each measure—(a) Unsubdivided—
2 litres and under .......................................................
exceeding 2 litres but not exceeding 20 litres ...........
exceeding 20 litres ....................................................

100
200
400

40
100
200

[Issue 1]154[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

ELEVENTH SCHEDULE—continued
Particulars of Equipment

InitialVerification
KSh.

Re-verification
KSh.

(b) Subdivided:
The fee payable for a subdivided measure shall be
the same as that for an unsubdivided measure ofequivalent capacity plus an additional charge of KSh.
10 for each of its numbered subdivisions.
4. Bulk measures (road tankers):(i) For each compartment according to capacity—
500 litres and under .................................................
exceeding 500 litres—
an additional charge of Kshs. 500 shall be payablefor every 500 litres (or part thereof) in excess of suchcapacity.
(ii) Adjustment of liquid level indicator of a bulk
measure ....................................................................
5. Bulk storage tanks:
For each tank according to its capacity—
100,000 litres and under ...................................................
exceeding 100,000 litres but not exceeding
500,000 litres. ...................................................................
exceeding 500,000 litres but not exceeding
1,000,000 litres .................................................................
exceeding 1,000,000 litres an additional charge of Kshs.
10,000 for every 1,000,000 litres
For subdivided tanks—
an additional charge of Kshs. 2000.00 per graduation
6. Spirit measuring instruments:
For each instrument

2,000

1,000

100,000
150,000
200,000

400

200

7. Liquid measuring instruments:(a) Dispensing pumps (each)—(i) electronic ...........................................................
(ii) non-electric ........................................................
(b) Bulk meters (each)—(i) electronic ...........................................................
(ii) non-electronic ....................................................

2,000
1,600

1,200
1,000

30,00020,00015,00010,0008. Leather measuring instruments and fabric measuring
instruments:
For each instrument ..........................................................

2,000

1,600

9. Egg-grading machines:
For each machine—
type “A” machine ...............................................................
type “B” machine ...............................................................

2,000
3,000

1,000
1,500

10. Non-Automatic weighing instruments intended for counter
use:

155

[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

ELEVENTH SCHEDULE—continued
Particulars of Equipment

For each instrument according to its capacity—(a) non-self-indicating—
5kg and under ...........................................................
exceeding 5kg not but exceeding 15kg .....................
exceeding 15kg .........................................................
(b) Semi-self indicating instruments—
5kg and under ...........................................................
exceeding 5kg not but exceeding 15kg .....................
exceeding 15kg .........................................................
(c) Self-indicating instruments—(i) Electronic—
5kg and under.....................................................
Exceeding 5kg not but exceeding 15kg .............
Exceeding 15kg .................................................
(ii) Non-electronic—
5kg and under exceeding ..................................
5kg not but exceeding ........................................
Exceeding 15kg .................................................
(2) All other non-automatic weighing instruments:
For each instruments according to its
capacity—(a) Electronic instruments—
50 kg and under ........................................................
Exceeding 50 kg but not exceeding 500kg ................
Exceeding 500kg but not exceeding 1 tonne ............
Exceeding 1 ton but not exceeding 5 tonnes ............
Exceeding 5 tonnes but not exceeding 20 tonnes .....
Exceeding 20 tonnes—
The fee payable shall be the same as that for a 20
tonne capacity instrument plus an additional charge ofKsh.400 for every tone (or part thereof) in excess ofsuch capacity.
(b) Electronic instruments—
50 kg and under ........................................................
Exceeding 50 kg but not exceeding 500kg ................
Exceeding 500kg but not exceeding 1 tonne. ...........
Exceeding 1 ton but not exceeding 5 tonnes ............
Exceeding 5 tonnes but not exceeding 20 tonnes .....
Exceeding 20 tonnes—
The fee payable shall be the same as that for a 20
tonne capacity instrument plus an additional charge ofKsh.400 for every tone (or part thereof) in excess ofsuch capacity.

[Issue 1]

156

InitialVerification
KSh.

Re-verification

200
400
1000

150
200
400

400
800
1,200

200
400
800

600
1000
1,600

400
600
1,200

400
800
1200

200
400
800

1200
2000
4000
6000
10,000

800
1,200
2,000
5000
8000

1,000
1,600
3,000
4,000
8,000

600
1,000
2,000
3,000
6,000

KSh.

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

ELEVENTH SCHEDULE—continued
Particulars of Equipment

11. Automatic weighing instruments:
For each weighing unit according to its capacity—
20 kg and under ................................................................
Exceeding 20 kg but not exceeding 50kg .........................
Exceeding 50kg but not exceeding 200kg ........................
Exceeding 200kg but not exceeding 1 tonne ....................
Exceeding 1 tonne but not exceeding 5 tonnes ................
Exceeding 20 tonnes ........................................................
The fee payable shall be the same as that for a 20 tonne
capacity instrument plus an additional charge of KSh. 400
for every ton (or part thereof) in excess of such capacity.
12. Belt weighers:
For each instrument
13. Additional charges payable where a weighing or
measuring instrument incorporate a printing device whichis also examined and tested.

InitialVerification
KSh.

Re-verification

1,200
1,600
2,000
3,000
4,000
8,000

600
1,000
1,500
2,000
3,000
5,000

12,000

8,000

4000

200

KSh.

14. Where a weighing or measuring instrument incorporates a
printing device which is also examined and tested, an
additional charge of Kshs. 400 shall be payable for theexamination and testing of the device.
15. Where a weighing instrument incorporates more that one
indicating device, an additional fee equivalent to thestamping fee payable for the instrument shall be charged
for the examination and testing of each such device.
16. Where a weighing instrument has two sets of graduations (as in the case with some milk weighers,) separate fees
shall be charged for each set of graduations according to
the capacity of the instrument.
17. Where a weighing or measuring instrument is constructedto calculate and indicate the price, an additional fee ofKsh. 400 shall be payable for the examination and testingof the price indicating mechanism
18. Where two or more load receptors are connected to one
indicating mechanism, separate fees shall be charged foreach load receptor according to its capacity.
PART 2 – FEES FOR PATTERN APPROVAL
1. Measures of length and measures of capacity:
For each measure .............................................................

4,000

2. Measuring instruments;(a) Liquid measuring instruments (each) ........................
(b) Linear measuring instruments (each) ........................
(c) Leather measuring instruments (each) ......................

20,00010,00010,000157[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

ELEVENTH SCHEDULE—continued
Particulars of Equipment

InitialVerificationKSh.

3. Non-automatic weighing instruments:
For each instrument according to capacity—(a) Non-electronic—
200 kg and under ......................................................
Exceeding 200kg but not exceeding 1 tonne ............
Exceeding 1 tonne .....................................................
(b) Electronic—
20 kg and under ........................................................
Exceeding 20kg but not exceeding 200kg .................
Exceeding 200kg but not exceeding 1 tonne .............
Exceeding 1 tonne .....................................................
4. Automatic weighing instruments: (Hopper weighers): *For each instrument according to capacity—
20kg and under .................................................................
Exceeding 20kg but not exceeding 200kg ........................
Exceeding 200kg ...............................................................
Belt-weighers:
Each instrument ................................................................

Re-verification
KSh.

12,00016,00020,00020,00030,00035,00040,00015,00020,00025,00030,000PART 3 – FEE FOR ADJUSTING WEIGHTS AND MEASURES AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS
CHARGES
1. Adjusting weights
For each weight—
5kg and under ...................................................................
10 kg .................................................................................
20 kg .................................................................................
Exceeding 20 kg ................................................................
2. Adjusting measures of capacity
For each measure—(a) Unsubdivided .............................................................
(b) Subdivided—
The fee payable shall be the sam as that forunsubdivided measure of equivalent capacity plus anadditional charg of KSh. 50 for each subdivisionadjusted.
3. Miscellaneous charges:(a) Inserting plugs (each) ................................................
(b) Adjusting loose poises (each) ...................................
(c) Balancing all types of weighing instruments(each) ........................................................................
(d) Denominating linear and capacity measures(each) ........................................................................

[Issue 1]

158

KSh.
40
60
80
200

100

40
40
100
100

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

ELEVENTH SCHEDULE—continued
Particulars of Equipment

InitialVerification
KSh.

(e) Adjusting capacity measues for use as standards:
Each measure according to denomination—
20 litres and under .....................................................
Exceeding 20 litres but not exceeding 500 litres .......
Exceeding 500 litres—
An additional charge of KSh. 1000 shall be payablefor every 500 litres (or part therof) in excess of suchcapacity.
(f) Calibrating masses for use in Laboratories:
Each mass—
2kg and underClass E ......................................................................
F ................................................................................
M ................................................................................
Exceeding 2kg but not exceeding 20 kg ....................
Exceeding 20kg but not exceeding 20 kg ..................
Exceeding 20kg but not exceeding 50 kg ..................
Exceeding 500kg .......................................................
Calibration of bulk storage tanks
For each tank according to its capacity
100,000 litres and under ............................................

100,000

Exceeding 100,000 litres but not lessexceeding 500,000 litres ...........................................

150,000

Exceeding 500,000 litres but less than
Litres ......................................................... 1,000,000
Exceeding 1,000,000 litres an additional charge ofKSh. 50,0000 per 500,000 litres.
An additional charge of KSh. 1,000 per graduation
2. Fees for testing or calibrating articles or weighing or
measuring equipment submitted to the Director inpursuance of section 17 of the Act:(a) Testing or calibrating articles (each) .........................
(b) The charge for testing or calibrating weighing or
measuring equipment shall be the same as thestamping fee applicable for such an equipment plus
an additional charge of ..............................................

Re-verification
KSh.

1,000
2,000

2,000
1,500
1,000
400
600
2,000
5,000

200,000

800

500

PART 4—CHARGES FOR TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND HIRE OF STANDARDS
1. Transportation Charges:
The amount payable for transporting mass standards fromthe nearest weights and measures office to the place
appointed by the applicant shall be KSh. 2,000 plus anadditional charge per kilometer as follows—
Mass standards of—
One tone and under ..........................................................
Exceeding 1 tonne but not exceeding 3 tonnes ................

159

60
100

[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

ELEVENTH SCHEDULE—continued
Particulars of Equipment

InitialVerification
KSh.

Exceeding 3 tonnes but exceeding 10 tonnes ..................
Exceeding 10 tonnes but not exceeding 15 tonnes ..........
Exceeding 15 tonnes ........................................................

Re-verification
KSh.

160
200
300

2. Handling Charges:
The charges payable for lifting roller and block test weights
for the purpose of either loading/offloading them into avehicle or placing them onto the load receptor of theweighing instrument under test shall be as follows—(a) Loading/off loading weights into a vehicle, KSh. 500
per tone or KSh. 4000 per day whichever is thegreater;(b) Placing weights on or off the load receptor of an
instrument KSh. 500 per hour or part thereof.
3. Hire of rolle and block test weights.
For every tone or part thereof (per day)(i) For the first three days (minimum period) .................
(ii) Any additional days beyond the minimum period ......

500
750

4. Hire of other weighing equipment:(i) Weighbridge testing unit; KSh. 10,000 per hour.
(ii) Mobile prover tanks; KSh. 10,000 per day(iii) Fork lift; KSh. 10,000 per day
PART 5—TRAVELLING COSTS
The amount payable when an officer, on application or
notification by any person, attends at any place away from his
duty station for the purpose of verification of any weighing or
measuring equipment shall be as follows—
Travelling expenses (per kilometer of part thereof). ................

50

PART 6 – FEES FOR REGISTRATION AS A MANUFACTURER OF WEIGHING OR MEASURING
EQUIPMENT AND WORKSHOP APPROVAL
Fees for registration as a manufacturer

1,000PART 7—FEES FOR REPAIRERS LICENCE
1. Repairers’ licence fees;
For each licence according to typeType 1
Type 2Type 3
Type 4
Type 5
Type 6
Type 7
Type 8

KSh.
500
800
1,000
800
800
1,000
500

Type 9A—Electricity meter
9B—Taxi meter[Issue 1]

500
500

160

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

ELEVENTH SCHEDULE—continued
Particulars of Equipment

InitialVerification
KSh.

9C—Airtime meter
Type 10A—Speed gun
10B—Alcohol Breath Analyser
10C—Blood pressure machine
10D—Thermometers
Special Categories

500
500
500
500
500

Type A – Precision balance class ‘A’Type B – Precision balances class ‘B’

1,500
1,500

Re-verification
KSh.

TWELFTH SCHEDULE[Rule 20.]

CERTIFICATE OF VERIFICATIONI HEREBY CERTIFY that the equipment indicated hereunder was submitted to me by (name) .........
...............................................................................................................................................................
............................................ residing at ................................................................... and was this day
verified and (stamped/marked)*by me, the same having been examined and (found correct/rejected/
adjusted)* by me.
Dated at ................................................ on this ......................... day of ........................ , 20 .............
This Certificate is valid until ........................................................................................, 20 ...................
.............................................................................
Inspector of Weights and Measures*

Delete whichever is not applicable.

THIRTEENTH SCHEDULE[Rules 244, 245, 246, 247, 250, 251, L.N. 56/1996, L.N. 129/2007, s. 7.]

PART I[Deleted by L.N. 129/2007, s. 7.]

PART IA – APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION AS A MANUFACTURER
To:

The Director of Weights and Measures
P.O. Box 41071
Nairobi*
I/We would like to be registered as manufacturer(s) of weights, measures, weighing andmeasuring instruments as required under rule 244 of the Weights and Measures Rules*I/We *am/are furnishing the particulars as required under the said Rules.

*

Delete whichever is not applicable.

161[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

THIRTEENTH SCHEDULE—continued
1. *Trade/business name of manufacturer .........................................................................................
2. Complete address:(a) Postal address ........................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................
(b) Location (Town, Estate, Street and Plot No.) .........................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................
(c) Telephone No. ........................................................................................................................
3. Name(s) of proprietor(s) and/or partners:
Name
ID/Passport Number(a) .........................................................................
........................................................
(b) .........................................................................
........................................................
(c) .........................................................................
........................................................
(d) .........................................................................
........................................................
(e) .........................................................................
........................................................
(Note.—In the case of a limited company please underline the name of the managing director.)
4. Date of establishment of workshop/factory ....................................................................................
5. Date and number of registration certificate of business .................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
6. Number and date of current trade licenses:(a) Central Government Licence No. .................................... Date ............................................
(b) Local Authority Licence No. ............................................. Date ............................................
7. Has your workshop been registered under the Factories Act, Cap. 514? ......................................
........................................................................................................................................................
8. Types of apparatus to be manufactured:(a) Weights ...................................................................................................................................
(b) Measures ................................................................................................................................
(c) Weighing instruments .............................................................................................................
(d) Measuring instruments ...........................................................................................................
9. The monogram or trade mark intended to be imprinted on the weighing or measuring
instrument. (Please stamp the monogram/trade mark in the box below).

10. Details of standards and test weights in your possession for use in testing the manufactured
weights, measures or instruments ................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
11. Do you have facilities for steel casting and/or hardness testing of vital parts of the articles or
instruments to be manufactured? Please state these facilities if any .............................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................

[Issue 1]162

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

THIRTEENTH SCHEDULE—continued
12. When can you produce to an inspector for inspection samples of the manufactured articles or
instruments? ...................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
(To be certified by the manufacturer or representative)*I/We have read the Weights and Measures Act and Rules made thereunder and agree to abideby the same.
All the information furnished in this form is true to the best of *my/our knowledge.
....................................................
Date...............................................
Full name of manufacturer...................................................
Signature of manufacturer or
representative(FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY)
Date of receipt of the application ..........................................................................................................
Serial Number of the applicant .............................................................................................................
Date of inspection of workshop/factory .................................................................................................
Recommendations by inspecting officer ...............................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................
Name of inspecting officer ...................................................... Signature ............................................
Application *accepted/rejected
Certificate of Registration No. ................................................................................................... issued.
Date ....................................................................
.............................................................................
Director of Weights and Measures

PART IB – APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION OF A SELLERTo:

The Director of Weights and Measures
P.O. Box 41071
Nairobi*
I/We would like to be registered as a seller(s) of weights, measures, weighing and measuring
instruments as required under Rule 244 of the Weights and Measures Rules.
*I/We *am/are furnishing the particulars as required under the said Rules.
1. *Trade/business name of seller ......................................................................................................
2. Complete address:(a) Postal address ........................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................
(b) Location (Town, Estate, Street and Plot No.) .........................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................
(c) Telephone No. ........................................................................................................................
3. Date and No. of registration certificate of business ........................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................

*

Delete whichever is not applicable.

163[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

THIRTEENTH SCHEDULE—continued
4. Number and date of current trade licences:(a) Central Government Licence No. .................................... Date ............................................
(b) Local Authority Licence No. ............................................. Date ............................................
5. Types of articles/instruments intended to be sold ..........................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
6. Do you intend to import weights, measures, or instruments from places outside Kenya? If so,
indicate sources of supply ..............................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
(To be certified by the manufacturer or representative)*I/We certify that *I/We have read the Weights and Measures Act and Rules made thereunder
and agree to abide by the same. All information furnished above is true to the best of *my/ourknowledge.
.............................................................................

.............................................................................

Full name of seller

Signature of seller or his
representative

PART IICERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION NO. ...........................................
(to be filled in triplicate)
I hereby certify that ............................................................................................................... (name)of ...........................................................................................................................................................
(address) has been registered as a *manufacturer/seller of weights, measures, weighing andmeasuring instruments under Rule 244 of the Weights and Measures Rules.
Dated on this ...................................... day of ....................... (month) .................................. (year).............................................................................
Director of Weights and Measures
CONDITIONS FOR REGISTRATION
The person in whose name this Certificate of Registration has been issued shall—(a) comply with all the relevant provisions of the Act and the Rules made thereunder;(b) not encourage or countenance any infringement of the provisions of the Act or the Rules forthe time being in force and shall report without delay to an Inspector any infringement that may
come to his notice;(c) exhibit this Certificate of Registration in some conspicuous part of the premises to which it
relates;(d) comply with any general or specific directive that may be given by the Director;(e) in the case of a manufacturer, present the weights, measures, weighing or measuring
instruments manufactured by him to an inspector for verification and stamping before sale;(f) in the case of a seller, ensure that any weight, measure or instruments sold by him has been
made duly verified and stamped by an Inspector before such sale;(g) notify the Director of any change of address within thirty days from the date of such change.

[Issue 1]164[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

THIRTEENTH SCHEDULE—continued
PART III – CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCE
No. ......................
THIS IS TO CERTIFY that .............................................................. (Name) having been examined
and found to possess sufficient knowledge and skill to enable him to carry out repairs to type(s) ......
............................................................. instruments has been awarded the certificate of competence.
............................................................................. .............................................................................
Date
Director of Weights and Measures

PART IIIA – REGISTER OF MANUFACTURERS OF WEIGHTS, MEASURES,WEIGHING AND MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
1

2

3

4

5

6

Name of
Manufacturer

Address ofWorkshop/
Factory

Certificate ofRegistration
No.

Date ofRegistration

Articles to be
Manufactured

7

Trade Mark or
monogram
Remarks
used on thearticlePART IIIB – REGISTER OF SELLERS OF WEIGHTS, MEASURES, WEIGHING AND
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
Name of seller

Registration No. of
Certificate

Date ofregistration

Place whereshop issituated

Types of articles
or instruments
soldRemarks

PART IV – TYPES OF LICENCES AND THEIR RESPECTIVE TYPES OF
INSTRUMENTS
Type 1
Type 2Type 3
Type 4
Type 5
Type 6

All non-automatic weighing instruments other than weigh-bridges and instruments
incorporating electronic devices;
Weighbridges and automatic weighing instruments other than those incorporating
electronic devices;
Weighing instruments incorporating electronic devices;
Bulk measurers and dispensing pumps other than those incorporating electronic devices;
Bulk meters other than those incorporating electronic devices;
Dispensing pumps and bulk meters incorporating electronic devices.

165[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

THIRTEENTH SCHEDULE—continued
PARTS V TO IX[Deleted by L.N. 129/2007, s.7.]

PART X – APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF REPAIRER’S WORKSHOP
To:

Director of Weights and Measures
P.O. Box 41071
Nairobi

I hereby submit my application for the approval of my workshop as required under rule 245 of the
Weights and Measures Rules.
I am furnishing the particulars as required under the said Rules.
1. Trade/business name of repairer ...................................................................................................
2. Complete Address: .........................................................................................................................
(a) Postal Address .......................................................................................................................
(b) Location (Town, Estate, Street and Plot No.) .........................................................................
(c) Telephone No. ........................................................................................................................
3. Name of Proprietors/Partners/Directors:
Name

ID/Passport No.

(a) .............................................................

......................................................................

(b) .............................................................

......................................................................

(c) .............................................................

......................................................................

(d) .............................................................

......................................................................

(Note — In the case of a limited company, please underline the name of the managing director.)
4. Date of establishment of the workshop ..........................................................................................
5. Date and number of registration of business .................................................................................
6. Number and date of current trade licences:(a) Central Government Licence No. ...........................................................................................
(b) Local Authority Licence No. ....................................................................................................
7. Has your workshop been registered under the Factories Act, Cap. 514?
........................................................................................................................................................
8. Number of Licensed persons employed:
Name

ID/No.

Type of Licence

Licence No.

(a) ......................

....................................

....................................

....................................

(b) ......................

....................................

....................................

....................................

(c) ......................

....................................

....................................

....................................

(d) ......................

....................................

....................................

....................................

(e) ......................

....................................

....................................

....................................

(Note — In case of more employees please attach a separate list.)
9. Details of equipment to be used repairing weighing or measuring instruments.
(a) Machinery (State quantities in each case):(i)

Grinding machines .......................................................................................................

(ii)

Drilling machines ..........................................................................................................

(iii)

Vices .............................................................................................................................

(iv)

Others (please specify type) .........................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................

[Issue 1]166[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

THIRTEENTH SCHEDULE—continued(b) Tool boxes (full of tools) .........................................................................................................
(c) Test weights:
Denomination
Quantity.............................................................
.............................................................................
.............................................................
.............................................................................
.............................................................
.............................................................................
.............................................................
.............................................................................
.............................................................
.............................................................................
*
I/We have read the Weights and Measures Act and Rules made thereunder and agree to abideby the same.
All the information furnished in this form is true to the best of *our/my knowledge.
............................................................................. .............................................................................
Full name of applicant
Signature
Date ....................................................................
(FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY)(To be completed by the inspecting officer)
Date of receipt of the application ..........................................................................................................
Serial No. of the application ..................................................................................................................
Date of inspection .................................................................................................................................
Recommendation by the inspecting officer ...........................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................
Signature of Inspecting Officer(Final order of approving authority)
Workshop *approved/not approved
Date ....................................................................
.............................................................................
Director of Weights and Measures*

Delete whichever is not applicable.

167[Issue 1][Issue 1]

2

Month

1

SerialNumber4
Quantity
manufactured
during themonth

3Unsoldstock fromprevious
month
Total
(3+4)

5

7

No. ofapparatus
sold

Despatch
vouchernumbers
and dates

SOLD WITHIN KENYA

6

9

The
country
to whichsold
No. ofapparatus
sold

SOLD OUTSIDE
KENYA

8

(6+9)

TOTAL

10

(5-1)

BALANCE

11

REMARKS12

1. Name and address of manufacturer ............................................................................................................................................................................................
2. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Registration No. ........................................................................ date issued ................................................................................
3. Description of weights, measures or instruments manufactured .................................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

PART XI – REGISTER TO BE MAINTAINED BY MANUFACTURERS

THIRTEENTH SCHEDULE—continued

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Rev. 2012][Subsidiary]168

3Name of theuser fromwhom
received

2

Date onwhich
apparatus isreceived

1

SerialNumber5
Receipt No.
and date ofissue to theuser

4Apparatus
and their
numbers
booked for
repairRepairing
charges6

Verification fee
paid

7
Verification
certificate
number8

Date ofreturn to theuser

9Remarks

10

1. Name and address of repairer .....................................................................................................................................................................................................
2. Repairer’s Licence No. ......................................................................................................... date of issue ................................................................................
3. Validity of the Licence ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

PART XII – REGISTER TO BE MAINTAINED BY REPAIRERS

THIRTEENTH SCHEDULE—continued[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures
CAP. 513[Subsidiary]

169[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

THIRTEENTH SCHEDULE—continued
PART XIII – REPAIRER’S SERVICING CERTIFICATEThis is to certify that I have today visited the premises of ................................................................
(name of trader) located at ............................................... and have serviced the following apparatus
which he has in his possession for trade use, viz. ................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................
The following apparatus have been removed to my workshop for the purpose of repair, viz. ..........
...............................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................
Date ....................................................................

Signature ............................................................
Licensee
Copy to: Provincial/District* Inspector of Weights and Measures.
*

Delete whichever is not applicable.

[Issue 1]170[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES (SALE AND LABELLING OF GOODS) RULES, 1999
ARRANGEMENT OF RULES
Rule
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.

Citation.
Interpretation.
Sale by quantity.
Sale by net quantity.
Pre-packed goods.
Eggs and soap.
Declarations to be on every package.
Declaration of quantity.
Units to be used in quantity declaration.
Additional declarations required on certain packages.
Alteration, removal, etc. of declaration.
Penalty for false declaration of quantity.
Procedure for determination of quantity in packages.
Deficiency in quantity of pre-packed goods.
Penalties.
Exceptions and exemptions.
Revocations.

SCHEDULESFIRST SCHEDULE–GOODS TO BE SOLD BY WEIGHTSECOND SCHEDULE–GOODS TO BE SOLD BY WEIGHT OR NUMBER

THIRD SCHEDULE–GOODS TO BE SOLD BY MEASURE OF CAPACITY

FOURTH SCHEDULE–GOODS TO BE SOLD BY WEIGHT OR MEASURE
OF CAPACITY

FIFTH SCHEDULE–GOODS TO BE SOLD BY WEIGHT OR LINEAR
MEASURESIXTH SCHEDULE–

STANDARD QUANTITIES FOR PRE-PACKEDGOODSSEVENTH SCHEDULE –EIGHTH SCHEDULE–PERMISSIBLE ABBREVIATIONSNINTH SCHEDULE–

MANNER OF SELECTION OF SAMPLESTENTH SCHEDULE–

PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINATION OF QUANTITYELEVENTH SCHEDULE –FORMTWELFTH SCHEDULE –GOODS TO BEAR A DATE MARKING

171[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES (SALE AND LABELLING OF GOODS) RULES, 1999
[L.N. 235/1971, L.N. 280/1971, L.N. 39/1973, L.N. 55/1976, L.N. 200/1976, L.N. 11/1978,
L.N. 138/1981, L.N. 40/1982, L.N. 230/1993, L.N. 503/1994, L.N. 140/1997, L.N. 24/1999,
L.N. 106/1999, L.N. 122/2004.]

1. Citation
These Rules may be cited as the Weights and Measures (Sale and Labelling ofGoods) Rules, 1999.
2. Interpretation(1) In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires—“batch” in relation to pre-packed goods means—(a)in the case of prepacked goods which have been stored, where the total
number of packages does not exceed 100, all such packages, and where
the total number exceeds 100 but does not exceed 10,000, all the packagesof the same production run;(b)in the case of pre-packed goods which are on or at the end of the packing
line, the maximum hourly output of packages from the line;“combination package” means a package containing two or more individual
packages or items of dissimilar goods;“drained weight”, in relation to a solid product contained in a free-flowing liquidmeans the weight of such solid product after the liquid has been drained for a period of
two minutes;“group package” means a package containing two or more individual items ofsimilar but not identical (whether in quantity or size) goods;“human food” means any article used as food or drink for human consumption,and includes any substance or preparation of food, and any flavouring, sweetening
matter or condiment, and any colouring matter intended for use in food; and an article
shall not be deemed not to be food by reason only that it is capable of being used as a
medicine;“label” means any written, printed or graphic matter affixed to, applied to, attached
to, blown into, formed or moulded into, embossed on or appearing upon a package
containing any goods for the purpose of branding, identifying, or giving any information
with respect to the goods or to the contents of the package;“manufacturer” in relation to any pre-packed goods, means a person who
produces, makes or manufactures such goods and includes a person who puts, orcauses to be put, any mark on any pre-packed goods not produced, made or
manufactured by him and the mark purports the goods in the package to have been
produced, made or manufactured by such person;“multi-unit package” in relation to pre-packed goods, means a package
containing two or more individually packed or labelled items of the same product andof identical quantity intended for sale either as individual items or as a whole package;“net quantity” deleted by L.N. 106/1999, r. 2(a);“net weight or measure” in relation to goods in a package means the weight ormeasure of such goods exclusive of the wrappers and any other materials packed withthem;
“packer” means a person who pre-packs any goods whether in a bottle, tin,
wrapper or otherwise for sale.

[Issue 1]172[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]“pre-packed” means packed or made up in advance ready for the purpose of sale
whether packed in a wrapper or container, or wound on a reel or spool, or made up ina roll or bundle, and the expression “package”, whenever it occurs, shall be construed
as a package containing pre-packed goods;“principal display panel” in relation to a package, means that part of the package
on which the name or brand of the goods contained therein is shown and which ismost likely to be displayed under normal and customary conditions of display;“quantity” in relation to goods in a package, includes length, width, height, width,height, area, size, volume, capacity, weight and number;“sale” includes sale by wholesale;[L.N. 106/1999, r. 2(a).]3. Sale by quantity(1) No person shall sell, or offer or expose for sale, any of the goods specified—(a)in the First Schedule to these Rules except by reference to weight;(b)in the Second Schedule to these Rules except by reference to weight or
number;(c)in the Third Schedule to these Rules except by reference to measure ofcapacity;(d)in the Fourth Schedule to these Rules except by reference to weight ormeasure of capacity or in the case of sand and other ballast except byweight or volume;(e)in the Fifth Schedule to these Rules except by reference to weight or linear
measure.

(2) The goods specified in the Schedules mentioned in paragraph (1) shall, except
where sold by number, be marked in metric units only and shall comply with rules 7, 8, 9
and 10.
(3) Any person who contravenes any of the provisions of this Rule commits an offence.
[L.N. 106/1999, r. 2(b).]4. Sale by net weight or measure(1) All goods sold, or offered or exposed for sale, or in any manner advertised for saleby weight or measure, shall be sold, or offered or exposed or advertised for sale, as thecase may be, by reference to net weight or measure.
(2) Any person who contravenes any of the provision of this Rule commits an offence.
[L.N. 106/1999, r. 2(c).]5. Pre-packed goods(1) No person shall import, offer, expose or have in his possession for sale, or sell,
any pre-packed goods of a description specified in the second column of the Sixth
Schedule to these Rules unless such goods have been pre-packed in the quantity andform of container specified in the third or fourth column of the Schedule.
(2) For the purpose of paragraph (1), where any imported goods are found in thepossession or control of any person or are found in the premises of any person carrying
on trade, that person shall be deemed to have the goods for sale and the onus of proving
the contrary shall be upon him.
(3) Any person who contravenes any of the provisions of these Rules commits anoffence.

173[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

6. Eggs and soap
(1) No person shall sell, or offer for sale, or have in his possession for sale, ortransport for sale—(a)

any quantity of eggs with reference to grade unless each egg has been
graded according to its weight in the manner specified in the Seventh
Schedule to these Rules and such grade is clearly marked thereon or on thecontainer in which they are confined, and each such container contains
eggs of one and the same grade.

(b)

any soap in the form of a tablet or bar, unless such tablet or bar is of a weightspecified for pre-packed soap in the fourth column of the Sixth Schedule.

(2) For the purposes of this rule “egg” means a hen’s egg in its shell.
(3) Any person who contravenes any of the provisions of this rule commits an offence.
7. Declarations to be on every package(1) No person shall sell, or offer or expose for sale, or in any manner advertise forsale, or have in his possession for sale, or transport for sale, any pre-packed goods
unless the package in which the goods are pre-packed bears thereon, or on a label
securely attached thereto, plain and conspicuous declarations as to—(a)the name and address of the manufacturer of such goods, and where thegoods are not pre-packed by the manufacturer, the like particulars of theperson responsible for such packing.

(b)

the common or generic name of the goods contained in the package;(c)the number or net weight or measure of the goods contained in the
package;(d)in the case of pre-packed goods specified in the twelfth schedule a datemarking showing the last day, month and year by which such goods may be
sold;

(e)

such other matters as are specified in Rules 8, 9 and 10;
Provided that—(i)where any goods are pre-packed and sold by retail on the same
premises, no statement as to the name and address of the
manufacturer or packer of the goods shall be required to be made on
the package;(ii)

where, by reason of the smallness of the package, it is notreasonably practicable to indicate the name and address of the
manufacturer or packer of any goods on the package, it shall be
sufficient compliance with paragraph (a) of this rule if the packagebears a trade mark or such other mark or inscription as would enable
the purchaser to identify the manufacturer or packer of such goods;(iii)

where any goods manufactured or packed outside Kenya areimported into Kenya, the package containing such goods shall, in
addition to the name and address of the manufacturer or packer ofthe goods, bear the name and address of the importer of such goods.

(2) Every declaration required to be made on a package under this rule shall—(a)be either in English or Kiswahili or in both English and Kiswahili;(b)appear on the principal display panel of the package and shall be parallel tothe base on which the package is intended by the manufacturer to rest;(c)be written in prominent characters upon a contrasting back-ground and shallbe so placed as to be conspicuous and clearly legible:[Issue 1]174[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

Provided that where a declaration is blown or moulded on a glass or plastic surface,or where it is embossed or perforated on a package, such declaration shall not be
required to be presented in a contrasting colour.
(3) Where a package is provided with an outside wrapper or container, such wrapper orcontainer shall also contain the declarations which are required to appear on the package,
except where such wrapper or container is transparent and the declaration on the package
itself is easily and clearly readable through such outside wrapper or container.
(4) The minimum height of any letter or number in the declaration shall be 2mm.
(5) Any person who contravenes any of the provisions of this Rule commits an offence.
[L.N. 106/1999, r. 2(d).]8. Declaration of quantity(1) Every declaration of quantity on a package shall specify the quantity of goods towhich it relates without any reference to words, figures or any other marks implying anapproximation, or any expression which tends to create an exaggerated or misleading
impression as to the quantity of the goods contained in the package:
Provided that—(i) in the case of thread or any other material whose length is likely to vary if
subjected to tension, the quantity declaration shall also include the tension
under which the length of such thread of material was determined.
(ii) in the case of soap in the form of a bar, cake or tablet, the quantity
declaration shall specify the minimum net weight guaranteed at the time of
manufacture and either the total fatty matter in the soap expressed as apercentage of the declared weight, or the grade of the soap.
(2) Except in the case of goods specified in the First, Second, Third, Fourth, Fifth andSixth Schedules, the declaration of quantity of goods contained in a package shall be interms of—(a)weight, if the goods are solid, semi-solid or viscous, or a mixture of solidand liquid, or(b)measure of capacity, if the goods are liquid:
Provided that in the case of a solid product contained in a free-flowing liquid which
is sold as such, the declaration of quantity shall be in terms of the drained weight of thesolid product.
(3) In the case of a product packed in a container designed to deliver the productunder pressure, the declaration of quantity shall state the net quantity in weight that will be
expelled when the instructions for use are followed and the propellant therein shall be
included in the net quantity statement.
(4) In declaring the net weight of goods contained in a package, the weight ofwrappers and other materials used to pre-pack the goods shall be excluded:
Provided that where a package contains a number of small items each of which isseparately wrapped and it is not reasonably practical to exclude the weight of such
immediate wrappers from the weight of the items, the net weight declared on the packageof such items or on the label thereof may include the weight of the immediate wrappers, if
the total weight of such individual wrappers does not exceed—(a)eight per cent, where the immediate wrapper is waxed paper or any otherpaper with wax or aluminium foil under strip; or(b)
six per cent, where the immediate wrapper is any other type of paper, of thetotal weight of all the items contained in the package minus the weight of
the immediate wrapper.
(5) Any person who contravenes any of the provision of this rule commits an offence.
[L.N. 106/1999, r. 2(e).]175[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

9. Units to be used in quantity declaration(1) The declaration of quantity of goods on any package shall be specified in full or bymeans of an appropriate abbreviation of the kind specified in the Eighth Schedule.
(2) When expressing a quantity less than—(a)one kilogram, the unit of weight shall be the gram;(b)

one metre, the unit of length shall be the centimetre or the millimetre;(c)one square metre, the unit of area shall be the square centimetre;(d)

one cubic metre, the unit of volume shall be the cubic decimetre;(e)

one cubic decimetre, the unit of volume shall be the cubic centimetre;(f)

one litre, the unit of capacity shall be the millilitre.

(3) When expressing a quantity equal to or more than—(a)(i) one kilogram but less than one tonne, the unit of weight shall be thekilogram, and any fraction of a kilogram shall be expressed in terms ofdecimal sub-multiple of the kilogram;(ii)

one tonne, the unit of weight shall be the tonne, and any fraction of atonne shall be expressed in terms of decimal sub-multiple of thetonne;(b)

one metre, the unit of length shall be the metre, and any fraction of a metre
shall be expressed in terms of decimal sub-multiple of the metre;(c)one square metre, the unit of area shall be the square metre and any
fraction of a square metre shall be expressed in terms of decimal submultiple of the square metre;(d)

one cubic metre, the unit of volume shall be the cubic metre and any
fraction of a cubic metre shall be expressed in terms of decimal sub-multipleof the cubic metre;(e)

one litre, the unit of capacity shall be the litre and any fraction of a litre shallbe expressed in terms of decimal sub-multiple of the litre:

Provided that where the quantity to be expressed is equal to one kilogramme, one
metre, one square metre, one cubic metre, or one litre as the case may be, such quantity
may be expressed in terms of the gram, centimetre, square centimetre, cubic centimetreor millilitre as the case may be.
(4) When expressing a quantity less than—(a)

one gram, the unit of weight shall be the milligram;(b)

one centimetre, the unit of length shall be millimetre;(c)one square decimetre, the unit of area shall be the square centimetre;(d)

one cubic decimetre, the unit of volume shall be cubic centimetre.

(5) Where any goods are packed by number, such number shall be expressed on the
package in words and/or arabic numerals.
(6) Any person who contravenes any of the provision of this rule commits an offence.
[L.N. 106/1999, r. 2(f).]10. Additional declarations required on certain packages(1) A combination package shall contain, in addition to the declarations required to bemade under any other provisions of these Rules, an indication of the net weight, measureor number, as the case may be, in respect of each item contained in the package;[Issue 1]176

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

Provided that where individual items in a combination package are packed orlabelled separately and are capable of being sold separately, each item shall bear thereona declaration as to its quantity.
(2) A group package shall contain, in addition to the declarations required to be madeunder any other provisions of these Rules, an indication of—(a)the number of packages or items contained in the group package followedby the net weight, measure or number of the individual packages or items
as the case may be; and(b)the total number of packages or items contained in the group package:
Provided that where individual packages or items in a group package are either
packed or labelled separately and are capable of being sold as individual packages or
items, each such package or item shall bear thereon a declaration as to its quantity.
(3) Every multi-unit package shall bear thereon, in addition to the declaration required
to be made under any other provisions of these Rules, a declaration of the number ofindividual items contained therein:
Provided that where individual items in a multi-unit package are packed or labelled
separately, and are capable of being sold separately, each item shall bear thereon adeclaration as to its quantity.
(4) Where a package contains goods like bedsheets, napkins, pillow cases, towels,
shawls or other similar goods, the number and dimensions of the finished size of such
goods shall also be declared on the package or on a label attached thereto:
Provided that where the package contains two or more items of different
dimensions, the packages shall also bear a declaration as to the dimensions of each itemand such items shall each bear a declaration of their dimensions.
11. Alteration, removal, etc. of declaration
Any person who, with intent to deceive or mislead any prospective purchaser removes,adds to, alters, defaces or renders illegible any declaration required to be made on a
package under these Rules, or has in his possession, or offers or exposes for sale, orsells, any goods in respect of which any declaration has been removed, added to, altered,defaced or rendered illegible commits an offence.
[L.N. 106/1999, r. 2(g).]12. Penalty for false declaration of quantity
Subject to rule 14, any person who sells, offers or exposes for sale, or has in his
possession for sale, or transports for sale, any pre-packed goods which bear or areaccompanied by a declaration of quantity which is incorrect commits an offence.
[L.N. 106/1999, r. 2(h).]13. Procedure for determination of quantity in packages(1) For the purpose of ascertaining the net quantity of goods in any package, theinspector may carry out tests on a sample of such goods and the sample shall be drawn
from a batch of the packages in the manner specified in the Ninth Schedule.
(2) The tests mentioned in paragraph (1) of this rule shall be carried out in accordancewith the method specified in the Tenth Schedule and the inspector shall enter the detailed
results of the tests in the form set out in the Eleventh Schedule.
14. Deficiency in quantity of pre-packed goods
The declaration of quantity on a package of pre-packed goods shall be deemed to becorrect if, as a result of the tests carried out under rule 13 of these Rules, it is found that—(a)any deficiency thereof is not more than—

177[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

(i)
(ii)

in the case of a bottle whose net contents do not exceed 250
millilitresor 250 grams, 10 per cent; orin any other case, 3 per cent of the net quantity marked on the
package; and(b)the average quantity of the goods in a sample of—(i) all packages, in the case of a batch containing less than thirty
packages; or(ii) thirty packages, in the case of a batch containing thirty but not morethan five hundred packages; or(iii) 10 per cent of the total number of packages in a batch, in the case of
a batch containing more than five hundred packages and the test is
not destructive; or(iv) twenty packages in the batch, in the case of a batch containing morethan five hundred packages, and the test is destructive,
is equal to or more than the net quantity marked on the package.
15. Penalties
Any person who commits an offence under these Rules shall be liable to a fine notexceeding twenty thousand shillings or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding three
years or to both.
[L.N. 106/1999, r 2(i).]16. Exceptions and exemptions(1) Nothing in these Rules shall apply to—(a)the sale of food for consumption on or at the premises of the vendor; or(b)the sale of goods of a quantity not exceeding fifty grammes or fifty millilitres,as the case may be, and for a sum not exceeding fifty shillings.

(2) The Minister may, by notice in the Gazette, exempt any particular goods, or any
particular consignment of goods, or goods of any particular weight or measure, from all or
any of the provisions of these Rules.
17. Revocations
The Weights and Measures (Sale and Labelling of Goods) Rules (L.N. 40/1982), and
the Weights and Measures (Sale and Labelling of Goods) (Amendment) (L.N. 503/1994)
Rules, are revoked.

FIRST SCHEDULE[Rule 3(1)(a).]GOODS TO BE SOLD BY WEIGHT
1.

Aerosal products.

2.

Air freshners in solid form.

3.

Animal and pet food.

4.

Barley.

5.

Biscuits.

6.

Breakfast cereals.

7.

Cashew kernels.

[Issue 1]178

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

8.

Cashewnuts in shell.

9.

Cassava flour.

10.

Castor seeds.

11.

Cement.

12.

Cereals preparation for feeding babies.

13.

Chocolate bars.

14.

Cleaning and scouring powder, soap flakes and soap powders; detergents(other than liquid detergents not exceeding 5 litres).

15.

Cocoa powder, etc.

16.

Coffeemates, etc.

17.

Glucose and dextrose.

18.

Groundnuts, peanuts, etc.

19.

Liquid petroleum gas.

20.

Lubricating greases.

21.

Maize bran.

22.

Marcoroni, vermicelli, sphaghetti.

23.

Milk formula.

24.

Milk powder.

25.

Mushrooms.

26.

Nails.

27.

Paste polish (other than shoe polish).

28.

Potato and banana crisps.

29.

Rice paddy.

30.

Sisal.

31.

Solid fertilizers, etc.

32.

Solid fuel (except charcoal).

33.

Solid insecticides and solid fungicides.

34.

Solid polishes and dressings analogous to solid polishes (except shoepolish).

35.

Sunflower seed.

36.

Sweets (sugar confectionery).

37.

Tobacco, including snuff.

38.

Wheat bran.

39.

Wheat pollard.

SECOND SCHEDULE[Rules 3(1)(b).]GOODS TO BE SOLD BY WEIGHT OR NUMBER
1.

Cassava root.

2.

Cigars.

3.

Cigarettes.

179[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

4.

Eggs in shell.

5.

Fresh fruits.

6.

Maize on cob.

7.

Nuts and bolts.

8.

Shaving blades.

9.

Stationery and envelopes.

10.

Sweetening tablets and soft drinks tablets.

THIRD SCHEDULE[Rules 3(1)(c), 8(2), L.N. 106/1999, r. 2(j).]GOODS TO BE SOLD BY MEASURE OF CAPACITY
1.

Beer and stout.

2.

Castor oil.

3.

Cleaning and sanitary fluids.

4.

Cream (not exceeding 1 litre).

5.

Edible oils (not exceeding 1 litre).

6.

Hair oils.

7.

Intoxicating liquor.

8.

Liquid fuel excluding liquid petroleum gas, lubricating oil (not exceeding 20
litres); and mixture of liquid fuel and lubricating oil.

9.

Liquid fungicides and liquid insecticides.

10.

Liquid polishes and liquid dressing analogous to polishes.

11.

Liquid soap and liquid detergents (not exceeding 5 litres).

12.

Lotions.

13.

Lubricating oil.

14.

Mineral waters.

15.

Milk (not exceeding 5 litres).

16.

Perfumes and toilet waters.

17.

Shoe polish.

18.

Soft drinks.

19.

Squashes and fruits juices.

20.

Thinners.

21.

Vinegar.

FOURTH SCHEDULE[Rules 3(1)(d), 8(2).]GOODS TO BE SOLD BY WEIGHT OR MEASURE OF CAPACITY
1.

Body and hair care cream.

2.

Charcoal.

[Issue 1]180[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]3.

Condensed milk.

4.

Custard powder.

5.

Dentifrices.

6.

Distemper.

7.

Ice-cream (in bricks).

8.

Ice-cream in cups.

9.

Jam, marmalade, honey and jellies.

10.

Lubricating oil (exceeding 20 litres).

11.

Maize grain.

12.

Milk (exceeding 5 litres).

13.

Molasses, treacle, etc.

14.

Paint, varnish, lacquer, distemper and remover.

15.

Sand and other ballast (by weight or volume).

16.

Sauces and ketchup, etc.

17.

Shaving and hair removing lotions.

18.

Shoe polish.

19.

Spices and condiments.

20.

Stainers.

21.

Toilet preparations.

FIFTH SCHEDULE[Rule 3(1)(e).]GOODS TO BE SOLD BY WEIGHT OR LINEAR MEASURE
1.

Bias binding.

2.

Elastic.

3.

Fencing wire.

4.

Knitting and sewing thread.

5.

Ribbon.

6.

Rope.

7.

Sisal twine.

8.

String.

9.

Tape.

181

[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

SIXTH SCHEDULE[Rules 5, 8(2) L.N. 106/1999, r. 2(k), L.N. 122/2004.]

STANDARD QUANTITIES FOR PRE-PACKED GOODS
Item
No.

Description of Goods

Quantity when packed in sealed
rigid containers made ofglass, plastic and metal

Quantity when packed incontainers made of materials
other than those specified in
the third column

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

1.

Alcoholic beverages for 250 ml., 300 ml., 330 ml.,retail sale
340 ml., 355 ml., 500 ml., 750
ml., litre

2.

Bacon and sausages

3.

Butter, margarine and 50g., then by steps of 50g. to 10g., 15g., 50g., then by steps
mixture of butter and 500g., thereafter by steps of 50g. to 500g. thereafter by steps
margarine
500g.
of 500g.

4.

Cement5.

Coffee, tea, (other than 50g., then by steps of 10g. to As in third column.
tea in chests)
100g., then by steps of 20g. to
500g., then by steps of 100g. to1kg., thereafter by steps of 500g.

6.

Cooking fat and ghee 50g., then by steps of 25g. to As in third column.
including lard and suet 500g. then by steps of 50g. to1kg., thereafter by steps of
500g.

7.

Edible oils

8.

Flour of oats, rice, beans, 100g., 250g., 500g., 1kg., 100g., 250g., 500g., 1kg.,
soya beans, rye, suji, thereafter by steps of 1kg.
thereafter by steps of 1kg.
self-raising flour

9.

Liquid soap and liquid
detergents

10.

Maize flour,
grains11.

Match sticks

12.

Milk (not exceeding 5
litres) other thancondensed
orevaporated milk

100ml., then by steps of 25ml. to 62.5ml., 100ml., then by steps
500ml., then by steps of 50ml. toof 25ml. to 500ml. then by
1 litre, thereafter by steps of 1
steps of 50ml. to 1 litre.
litre; except tinned milk in 100ml.,
200ml., 300ml., 400ml., 500ml.

13.

Millet, wimbi simsim
and sorghum

250g., 500g., 1kg., thereafter
by steps of 1kg.

14.

Pulses (beans, dengu,
grams, peas, etc.)

250g., 500g., 1kg., thereafter bysteps of 1kg. to 10kg., 90kg.

15.

Rice grains

250g., 500g., 1kg., 2kg., 3kg.,
4kg., 5kg., 10kg., 20kg., 50kg.,
100kg.

[Issue 1]—100g., 200g., 300g., 400g., 100g., 200g., 300g., 400g.,
500g., 1kg., thereafter by steps 500g., 1kg., thereafter by stepsof 1kg.
of 1 kg.

1kg., 2kg., 5kg., 10kg., 20kg.,
50kg.

50ml., then by steps of 25ml. to 50ml. then by steps of 25ml. to
500ml., then by 50ml. to 1 litre, 500ml., then by steps of 1 litre ofthereafter by steps of 1 litre or 3 litres.
1kg. thereafter by steps of 1kg.

10ml. then by steps of 10ml. to
100ml., then by steps of
50ml. to 1 litre thereafter bysteps of 1 litre.

maize

As in 3rd column.

1kg, then by steps of 1 kg. to
10kg., 20kg., 50kg., 90kg.
10, 20, 40, 60, 100, thereafter
by lots of 5.

182

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

SIXTH SCHEDULE—continued
Item
No.

Description of Goods

(1)

(2)

Quantity when packed in rigid
containers glass, plastic or
metal
(3)
50g., 100g., 200g., 250g.,
300g., 350g., 500g., 750g.,
1kg., then by steps of 1kg.,
to 10kg., 25kg., 50kg.,
100kg.

Quantity when packed incontainer other than thosespecified in the third column
(4)

16.

Salt

17.

Soap (Cake, tablet or
bar)

18.

Soap in powder orflake form

5g. then by steps of 5g. to
100g., then by steps of 50g.
to 300g., then by steps of
100g. to 1kg., 1.25kg.,
1.5kg., 2kg., there-after bysteps of 500g.

As in third column.

19.

Sugar

50g., 75g. 100g., 250g., 500g.,
1kg.

50g., 75g., 100g., 250g., 500g.,
1kg. thereafter by steps of1kg., to 10kg., 15kg., 20kg.,
25kg., 50kg., 100kg.

20.

Wheat flour
grain

21.

Toilet paper

As in 3rd column.

5g. then by steps of 5g. to
150g., then by steps of 25g.,
to 300g. thereafter by stepsof 100g.

Wheat

250g., 500g., 1kg., thereafter
by steps of 1kg., 5kg., 10kg.,
20kg., 50kg., 90kg.
230 or 350 sheets per roll witha minimum area of 125
square cm per sheet or 100,
200 or 300 sheets per rollwith an area of 140 square
cm per sheet.

SEVENTH SCHEDULE[Rule 6(1), L.N. 106/1999, r. 2(l).]EGGS GRADE
Grade
(1)

Weight(2)

Extra large .....................................................

Not less than 65 grams.

Large .............................................................

Less than 65 grams but not less than 55 grams.

Standard ........................................................

Less than 55 grams but not less than 50 grams.

Small ..............................................................

Less than 50 grams but not less than 45 grams.

Sub-grade ......................................................

Less than 45 grams.

183[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

EIGHTH SCHEDULE[Rule 9(1).]

PERMISSIBLE ABBREVIATIONS
Quantity

Unit

Abbreviations

(1)

(2)

(3)

LengthMetrem.

Mass (weight)

Capacity

Area

VolumeDecimetredm.

Centimetre

cm.

milimetre

mm.

Tonne

t.

Kilogram

kg.

gram

g.

milligramme

mg.

Litre

L. or l.

Centilitre

cL. or cl.

millilitre

mL. or ml.

Square metre

m2

Square centimetre

cm2

Square millimetre

mm2

Cubic metre

m3

Cubic decimetre

dm3

Cubic decimetre

m3

NINTH SCHEDULE[Rule 13(1).]

MANNER OF SELECTION OF SAMPLES
1. In this Schedule the following expressions shall have the following meanings—“destructive test” means a test where it is necessary to open a package and takeout the goods contained therein for the purpose of determining their net quantity,
and—
(a)

it is not practicable to so re-fill or re-pack the goods after the test as to makethe package a saleable one, or(b)

the goods are such that they are likely to become unfit for consumption or
use after they have been taken out of the package.

“non-destructive test” means a test which is not destructive.
“sample size” means the number of packages to be selected as samples.
2. For the purpose of any test to determine the net quantity of goods contained in any
package, the Inspector shall select a sample from a batch of such packages and thesample size shall be as specified in Table 1.

[Issue 1]184[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

NINTH SCHEDULE—continued
TABLE 1
Number of packages

Less than 30

Sample size
Destructive test

Non-Destructive test

8 packages

All packages in batch

30 but not more than 500

13 packages

30 packages

More than 500

20 packages

10 per cent of number ofpackages in the batch.

3. The Samples referred to in paragraph 2 shall be selected at random in the manner
specified in paragraph 4 and 5.
4. Where it is necessary to take a sample of packages stored in warehouse, godown or
any other place, such a sample shall be selected at random from every batch of suchpackages and shall be picked out from the top, bottom, centre, right, left, front and rear of
the stocks so that the sample may adequately represent the package in the batch.
5. Where it is necessary to take samples from the place where the package is being
filled—(a)such sample shall be selected from among the packages which have alreadybeen filled, or(b)

the requisite number of empty containers may be taken and each of themmarked for proper identification. The tare weight of each marked container
shall then be accurately noted and thereafter the containers shall be
introduced at random in the packing process. After the containers are filled
they shall then be tested to ascertain whether they do contain the net quantityof the goods as declared on the container.

TENTH SCHEDULE[Rule 13(2), L.N. 106/1999, r. 2(m).]PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINATION OF QUANTITY
1. Determination of the net weight—(a)where empty containers are available, ten such containers shall be weighed
and the arithmetic mean of their total weight shall be taken to represent thetare weight of every package in the sample. The net weight of the goods
contained in each package in the sample shall then be obtained bysubtracting the tare weight from the gross weight of the package.

(b)

where empty containers are not available, three packages from the sample
shall be opened and the weight of the contents of each package as well as
the weight of each empty container determined. The average weight of thethree empty containers shall be taken to represent the tare weight of each of
the remaining packages in the sample, and the net weight of each of theremaining packages in the sample, and the net weight of goods contained ineach of these packages, shall be obtained by subtracting the tare weight sodetermined from the gross weight of the package.

185[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary](c)where it is necessary to take samples from the place where the packages arebeing filled, the following procedure shall be used—(i) the number of empty packages, depending on the size of the sample inaccordance with Table 1 of the Ninth Schedule, shall be selected andsuitably marked to distinguish them from the other packages being
filled;(ii) the weight of each package shall then be determined and recorded on
the empty package and also on the form specified in the Eleventh
Schedule;(iii) the empty packages shall then be filled by introducing them in arandom manner in the packing process, and such introduction shall beadequately spread over the duration of one hour’s production.
(iv) the marked packages shall then be taken out after completion of thefilling and sealing operations and each filled package shall be reweighed;(v) the net weight shall be obtained by deducting the tare weight,
determined in accordance with paragraph (c) (ii) from the gross weight.

(d)

The Inspector shall enter the results of his tests in Form A specified in the
Eleventh Schedule, along with such other observations as he may wish to
make on the basis of his tests.

2. Determination of liquid contents by volume—(a)if the specific gravity of the liquid in the package is known and can be
determined accurately, the method of determination of net contents by weight
described in paragraph (1) may be used;(b)

if the method described in paragraph 2(a) is not feasible, the containers shallbe opened and the contents of each package poured out carefully into theappropriate volume measure;(c)

The reading of the actual net volume of the goods in every package shall be
noted carefully and recorded in Form B specified in the Eleventh Schedule.

3. Determination of length—(a)

if it is not possible to measure the dimensions without opening the package,
the package shall be opened;(b)

the length of the item in the package shall be measured by means of astandard steel tape of suitable length;(c)if the length of the item is so great that it is not possible to measure it with thetape measure and a suitable length instrument is available on the premises,that instrument shall be used after duly verifying it with the steel tape serving
as a working standard of length;(d)the measured length of the goods in every package shall be noted carefully
and recorded in Form B specified in the Eleventh Schedule.

4. Determination of quantity of goods packed by number—
The Inspector shall take packages from the sample drawn by him in the manner
specified in the Ninth Schedule and shall determine the error by actual counting of thegoods in each such package and may, for that purpose open all packages.

[Issue 1]186

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

ELEVENTH SCHEDULE[L.N. 106/1999, r. 2(n).]Form A(r. 13(2))

WEIGHT CHECKING DATA SHEET
1. PARTICULARS OF GOODS(a) Name of seller/manufacturer/packer ......................................................................................
(b) Postal Address .......................................................................................................................
(c) Common or generic name of the goods .................................................................................
2. DETAILS OF TEST(a) Total number of items available for testing .............................................................................
(b) Sample size (i.e. total No. tested) ...........................................................................................
(c) Test result:
Item No.

Gross weight

Tare weight ofpackage

Declared net
weight

Net weight of
goods

Excess(+)/
Deficiency(-)(d) Average net weight (calculated) ..............................................................................................
(e) Declared net weight ................................................................................................................
(f)

Excess (+)/Deficiency (-)

3. GENERAL COMMENTS

4. SELLER/MANUFACTURER/PACKER(a) Name of manager ...................................................................................................................
(b) Signature ................................................................................................................................
(b) Date and time .........................................................................................................................

187[Issue 1]

CAP. 513

[Rev. 2012]
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]
Form B

VOLUME/LENGTH CHECKING DATA SHEET
1. PARTICULARS OF GOODS(a) Name of seller/manufacturer/packer ......................................................................................
(b) Postal address ........................................................................................................................
(c) Common or generic name of the goods .................................................................................
2. DETAILS OF TESTS(a) Total number of items available for testing .............................................................................
(b) Sample size (total number of items tested) ............................................................................
(c) Test results:
Item No.

Net Volume/Length ofGoods

DeclaredVolume/Length

Excess (+)/
Deficiency (-)(d) Average net volume/length (calculated) .................................................................................
(e) Declared net volume/length ....................................................................................................
(f)

Excess (+)/Deficiency (-)

3. GENERAL COMMENTS

4. SELLER/MANUFACTURER/PACKER(a) Name of manager ...................................................................................................................
(b) Signature ................................................................................................................................
(c) Date and time .........................................................................................................................
5. WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DEPARTMENT(a) Name of inspector ..................................................................................................................
(b) Signature ................................................................................................................................
(c) Date and time .........................................................................................................................

TWELFTH SCHEDULE[Rule 7(1)(d), L.N. 106/1999, r. 2(r).]GOODS TO BEAR A DATE MARKING
1.

[Issue 1]

Liquid milk (all types), yogurt and cream.

188

[Rev. 2012]

CAP. 513
Weights and Measures[Subsidiary]

TWELFTH SCHEDULE—continued
2.

Evaporated milk.

3.

Butter.

4.

Condensed milk.

5.

Milk powder.

6.

Ghee.

7.

Baby foods.

8.

Cereal flours.

9.

Pasta products (macaroni, vermicelli and noodles).

10.

Biscuits and cookies.

11.

Cakes.

12.

Breakfast cereals.

13.

Floured mixed spices.

14.

Vegetable and fruits.

15.

Tomato sauce, ketchup, paste purée, juice or whole tomatoes.

16.

Chili sauce, mayonnaise, etc.

17.

Dehydrated vegetables and fruits.

18.

Fats and oils.

19.

Margarine.

20.

Drinks, cordial, squash and juices (excluding carbonated soft drinks inbottles).

21.

Beer, cider and perry.

22.

Non-alcoholic beverages.

23.

Meat and fish.

24.

Sausages.

25.

“Githeri”

26.

Chocolate drink, cocoa, sugar mixtures and powdered premix drinks.

27.

Chocolate and sweets.

28.

Cheese.

29.

Jams, marmalade and jellies.

30.

Honey.

31.

Fried peanuts and crisps.

32.

Bread.

33.

Tea.

34.

Coffee.

189[Issue 1]